1

ADDITIONAL MATERIALS
FOR THE FIRST YEAR STUDENTS

TO THE TEXTBOOK BY PROFESSOR ARAKIN V.D.

The book is compiled and made by Pankratova N.V.

 2

Yekaterinburg, 2008
 3

Contents
I. Topic “About Myself and My Family”…………………………………………………………………
II. Topic “Flat”………………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Topic “At the Map of the World”………………………………………………………………………
IV. Topic “Meals”……………………………………………………………………………………………
V. Topic “Student’s Day and Daily Routine”……………………………………………………………
VI. Topic “Our Institute”……………………………………………………………………………………
VII. Topic “Seasons and Weather”………………………………………………………………………..
VIII. Topic “Leisure Time”…………………………………………………………………………………..
IX. Topic “Shopping” ………………………………………………………………………………………
X. Topic “What Is a Town Like?” …………………………………………………………………………
XI. Topic “Theatre”……………………………………………………………………………………….
XII. Topic “Appearance and Character”…………………………………………………………………
XIII. Reading Rules…………………………………………………………………………………………
XIV. Word-building………………………………………………………………………………………..
XV. Miscellaneous………………………………………………………………………………………..
 4

TOPIC 'ABOUT MYSELF', 'FAMILY'.

I. Read these texts, paying special attention to the words printed in bold.
Retell them on behalf of: a) a main character of the story; b) a friend of her / his.

1. About Myself*
Hello! My name is Alexandra Barsukova. But my friends call me Sandra for short. I'm seventeen. This
year I'm going to finish school. So I'm a student of a top class. It's funny enough, but I was born on the first of
April. And every year my friends play jokes at me when we celebrate my birthday.
I was born in a family of doctors. We are four in our family: my parents, my elder brother of 22 and me.
It's so nice to have such an elder brother as my Max. His full name is Maxim. He is a very tender brother. He is a
student of the Ural State University. His future profession is connected with computers, but I don't know the ex -
act name of it. It's something difficult for me. Frankly speaking we, computer and me, don't like each other. So,
usually it doesn't agree to work with me. My father is a surgeon. My mum is an ophthalmologist. And all the time
I hear orders to wash hands and to sit straight and not to read in bed. As if they don't know that to read in bed
some horror book is best of all. You can always hide under the blanket. But, please, don't think I'm complaining.
My parents are wonderful people. I can talk with them about everything. We understand each other very well.
They have a fine sense of humour, they are kind, loving and caring. They like order in everything. I think it's be-
cause of their occupation. Such responsibility demands order. But I simply begin to hate their profession. They
always speak about operations and new methods of treatment. And they expect me to follow them because
there were several generations of doctors and one more would be wonderful. But the only sight of blood makes
me feel giddy. And I'm afraid of all those frogs.
I think, the best thing for me is to study languages in future. I like Russian, Literature, History, English and
French. I study English at school and I have private lessons of French at home. My parents found a teacher of
French for me several years ago. She is rather old and very strict but we get on very well because I like lan-
guages. I am ready to sleep with a dictionary beneath my cheek instead of a pillow. I learn all the material she
gives me. I do really want to know English and French. These subjects go easy with me. I can't say the same
things about other subjects, especially maths and physics. It's hard work to get good marks in them. I can't say
I'm a lazy-bone but it's so difficult to drag myself from my bed early in the morning and get ready to school.
Maybe it's because of my reading late at night. I like to read fantasy, detective and travel books. I also like cook-
ing. It's not so cool as some of my classmates think, but they like to eat my pies and cakes very much. As for
sport I like gymnastics and swimming, but I can't stand basketball and skiing.
My classmates are my good friends. But I have only two close friends. We are together practically all our
life. Our mums are close friends too. My friends and me are quite different people. Nastya is very serious and
gifted, I think she will get a gold medal. At the same time she is not boring and dull. Olga is funny, she is always
ready to laugh and she is super in Maths. She saves me at the lessons and during the tests very often. As for
my character, my big brother says I must be more confident in myself and not so bashful. Nastya and Olga think
I am a kind, friendly and sociable person but sometimes rather stubborn and obstinate. Maybe they are right. We
understand each other without words.

2. About Myself*
Hi! I am Anthony Popov, Tony for short. I'm sixteen but this year I'm finishing school. I went to study at the
age of six, because my mum did not know what to do with me. I could read and write by that time, drove the
whole family mad with my questions and had a lot of unused energy. So I was sent to school and my parents
could relax a little. But my teacher began to use valerian drops very soon. I wasn't a hooligan, but a rather ad-
venturous boy. All troubles, all bumps, all black eyes and scratches were mine. I was a great explorer that time. I
was eager to learn everything. Sometimes the results were quite unexpected. It's strange enough, but having
such a hectic life I studied very well. And at last my parents got a fine idea: I should do some kind of sports. I
chose figure skating. I think I had some abilities. Though I was the eldest boy in our group and I began skating
much later and could do nothing. But I used to be among the first everywhere. All my energy was spent to cope
with the skates and those figures that we should do. But only in spring I heard the first words of approval of my
coach. I was satisfied. My classmates enjoyed hockey and football, wrestling and boxing but I liked music and
applause. And besides, one should be very strong to do all those leaps and rotations. My results grew and my
height grew too. At 14 I became too tall for figure skating. I gave up it because I couldn't move graciously.
And by that time I discovered a new world for me – the world of computers. As both my mum and my dad
are computer programmers they often discuss their professional problems. And we have two PCs at home.
When I showed some interest for their work the parents were delighted. I always thought that they were a bit
 5

dull, boring and sometimes even silly. But now I know my folks are great people. They have a superb sense of
humour. Never mind they sometimes grumble at me. I think I deserve it. My daddy is Jack-of-all-trades. It's
thanks to him I can repair everything at home and know a lot about cars. My mum teaches me cooking. She
says all great cooks are men. So I strike the girls of our class with different culinary secrets. My parents teach
me to do everything perfectly. But frankly speaking I am not an example pupil and, moreover, I don't want to be
such a person. I don't want to waste my time cramming things I am not interested in. I am good at Maths and
Computer Science, Physics and English but I can't stand Literature (mainly because it is taught awfully dull) and
Chemistry. If I have some free time I prefer to read the next fantasy book or some detective story or to watch TV.
I have several favourite programmes – "What, Where and When", "Witted boys and girls", information and sport
programmes and of course programmes about music and singers.
My classmates are nice people. They know a lot and it's always interesting with them. But I have only one
bosom friend – Phillip or Phil for short. We both are a bit crazy on computers. We are going to study at the Ural
State University. But I've chosen the faculty of Economy and Management and Phil is going to enter the faculty
of Applied Mathematics and Cybernetics. So we have to work hard this year to get ready for our entrance ex-
ams. Sometimes I am so exhausted with all that amount of work I should do that I have the only wish – to drag
myself to the sofa, fall down on it and think about nothing. So my life is rather vivid and not dull, though not al-
ways very enjoyable. But as a famous Russian proverb says - "Business before pleasure". When I get my mem-
bership student card I'll be really happy.

3. The story of my life, sad and happy at the same time*

Let me introduce myself. I'm Helen Belyaeva. At the end of July I had a birthday and I became of age. On
the one hand it's pleasant – you feel adult and can do whatever you like; on the other hand everybody can say,
'Could you think a bit harder and not do such stupid things, you are a grown-up already'. So you see, everything
has its advantages and disadvantages. I live with my daddy and a younger sister. Our Mum died tragically sev-
eral years ago in a car crash and Daddy was badly hurt. Now, everything is OK with his health, but there is no
Mum nearby. It was a dreadful time for the whole family, but it was Granny, Mum's mother, who saved us. She
took care of us, went to the hospital to Daddy (we were not let there for a very long time), encouraged us, smiled
and did everything not to let us feel lonely, though very often at night I noticed her crying in her room. Five years
passed. Last year I finished school but I did not enter any institute because I simply didn't know where to. I
thought I had no any special abilities, bents and vocations. Luckily Daddy got a letter from our family friend living
in San Francisco. He asked him to recommend a girl, maybe a student, to live and work in his family as au pair.
As they both, Aunt Vera, his wife, and he, Uncle Andrew, were very busy people there was nobody to look after
their five-year-old daughter properly. So the men agreed very quickly on my coming there and in few weeks I
flew to the USA. I spent a wonderful year there though I missed my folks greatly. The girl I looked after turned
out to be a charming child. I got on with her quickly and we became great friends – I read her Russian fairy-
tales, taught her to read in Russian and to count, we both watched Russian cartoons with great pleasure and did
a lot of other things pleasant for both of us. At weekends we both were taught to swim in the ocean, to ride a
horse. Aunt Vera gave several lessons of working with a camera, so very soon I began making short funny films.
My host family approved my creative work and advised to become a journalist saying I had some talent. But to
my great surprise I discovered that I could remember a lot of English words very easily and soon I began to
communicate with Americans without any feeling of awkwardness and shyness. Uncle Andrew was very glad
seeing my success in English and other things. But nevertheless he liked to play jokes at me and also his
daughter. When the year was coming to the end he suggested me entering any local university and continuing
the work at his family. But I wanted to get home badly. So at the beginning of July I returned home and was on
Cloud Nine seeing the faces of my relatives again. When I told Daddy about my wish to study languages and to
become an interpreter he was very glad. So I passed my entrance exams with excellent marks and became a
student of the Institute of International Relations.

II. Read this text and translate it.

My Family*
It's a great luck to have a friendly and loving family. I can say this about our family. There are four of us in
it: my mum, my dad, my younger brother and me. These are the nearest and dearest. But if we gather all our rel-
atives – all aunts, uncles, grannies, granddads, cousins and other distant relatives – there is a mighty clan.
The eldest member of our clan is our grandmother. We call her Granny Ann. She is in her early eighties.
Granny lives with her younger daughter, my aunt Valya, and her family. Aunt Valya is a manager at a supermar-
ket and her husband, Uncle Oleg, is a photographer. Their son Alex works as an accountant in a bank. I don't
like him very much; sometimes he is a bit boring and dull. His only interest is his own person. Their daughter
 6

Kseniya is a veterinary. She adores all kinds of animals, especially cats. And I think all animals like and trust
Kseniya. She has got a "Zoo" at home – two dogs, two cats, aquarium with a lot of fishes and several parrots.
Granny Ann took part in the Great Patriotic War. Granny has many orders and medals. She likes to tell us
about the life in the past and different fairy-tales to the youngest members of the family. Our granny has got
three sons and three daughters. Her husband, our granddad Yuri, died several years ago. He was a very jolly
man with a good sense of humour.
My father is her second son. His name is Alexander. My daddy is a doctor at hospital. He is very serious
and strict. He works very hard. But my mum, his wife, likes to laugh very much. My mum's name is Tatiana. She
is about fifty and she looks great. My mum jogs every morning in the park, does not eat sugar and other junk
food and is very vivid. But my dad likes to sit in the armchair with a newspaper or simply lie on the sofa after
work. Sometimes he is very tired. My parents are of the same age. As for my brother, I can say he is a real ras-
cal (плут, шельмец) and a madcap (сорванец). Sergey is fourteen but all fences and all trees are his. He likes
to invent something explosive. Daddy says his son must become a great chemist if he doesn't fly into the air a
bit earlier with all his toys and our flat.
And now about me. My name is Elisabeth, Betty for short. I'm twenty-one. I am a part-time student of the
Institute of International Relations. I am going to become an interpreter. I study English and the next year I am
going to learn German or French. And I work as a secretary for a large firm. I am fond of music and dancing. But
most of all I like reading. I have a lot of friends and we spend free time very merrily.
My other two uncles with their families live in St. Petersburg. Uncle Peter is an engineer at a large plant.
His wife, Aunt Irene is a typist at the same plant. They have twins of the same age as I. Marina and Sophia study
at the University and they are going to become journalists. A rather dangerous profession nowadays, I think.
They are fans of hiking and all that tourist romance.
And Uncle George is a colonel of the Russian Army. His wife is a housewife. They move to different places
all the time, so it's difficult for her to find a job. Aunt Vera takes care of her husband, her children – Kirill, a boy of
sixteen, and Nastya, an eleven-year-old daughter, and keeps house. She is a very charming and calm woman
with a bright smile. We like to visit them, because their house is always so cosy and we feel at home there.
One of our aunts, the eldest daughter of our granny, lives in Ukraine, in the Crimea. Her name is Nadezhda
and she is about sixty. She is retired now but she can't sit without work. She is always as busy as a bee. Her
large family – her husband and four children are proud of her. Her husband, Uncle Victor, still works as a carpen-
ter at a workshop. Aunt Nadya, as we call her, worked as a teacher at school for thirty-five years. She taught
children the Russian language. Now she is fond of her orchard. In our childhood we used to spend our summer
holidays in the Crimea, swimming in the sea, lying in the sun, eating fruit and working in her orchard.
The other aunt, Aunt Kate, is the youngest of the granny's children. She is an architect in our city. Aunt
Kate has a wonderful and original art taste. Her family is small – she, her husband, Uncle Andrew, and her son
Nick of twenty. Nick is going to become an artist and he studies at Art College.
It's difficult to describe all other relatives. They are so different. But all of them are always ready to help
each other if there is need. We all are united and friendly, caring and attentive.
But I must say a few words about two more members of my family. They are our dog Zella and cat Ching.
It's always funny to watch their tricks. They are great friends and they are ready to defend each other when one
of them is at fault.
So, you see, our family is really great, I am sure.

III. Find in the text the following words and word combinations.
Дружная и любящая семья; большая удача; близкие родственники; мощный клан; чуть за
восемьдесят; бухгалтер в банке; не очень люблю; слегка занудлив и скучен; его основной интерес – своя
собственная персона; обожает всевозможных животных; любят и доверяют ей; принимала участие в
Великой Отечественной войне; умер несколько лет назад; очень жизнерадостный человек; хорошее
чувство юмора; серьезный и строгий; выглядит великолепно; бегать по утрам трусцой в парке; быть
ровесниками; плут, шельмец; сорванец; изобретать что-либо взрывоопасное; если не взлетит раньше в
воздух со всеми своими игрушками и нашей квартирой; студентка вечернего отделения института;
собираюсь стать переводчиком; проводить весело свободное время; машинистка на том же самом
заводе; у них близнецы того же возраста как и я; они фанатки пеших походов и всей этой туристской
романтики; полковник Российской Армии; им все время приходится переезжать; заботиться о муже и
детях; одиннадцатилетняя дочь, чувствовать себя как дома; она всегда занята, как пчела; работает
плотником в мастерской; сейчас она увлечена своим фруктовым садом; в детстве мы обычно проводили
летние каникулы в Крыму; удивительный и оригинальный художественный вкус; Художественное
 7

училище; дружные и дружелюбные, заботливые и внимательные; всегда готовы помочь друг другу, если
нужно; всегда занятно наблюдать за их проделками; защищать друг друга; провиниться

Retell this text using this table.

Family tree.

Ann (82) and Yuri (died at 84)

↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
Nadezhda (59) Valya (55) Peter (53) and Alexander (49) George (45) and Kate (43)
and Victor and Oleg Irene and Tatiana Vera and Andrew
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
Masha (39) Alex (33) Marina (21) Elisabeth (21) Kirill (16) Nick (20)
Zoë (35) Kseniya (28) Sophia (21) Sergey (14) Nastya(11)
Denis (32)
Maxim (29)

IV. International Linguistic Academy*

All these young people have entered the International Linguistic Academy. Choose one or two persons and tell
about them and their families. Imagine some facts of their life if there is a need. Make a story about this group in
general saying what they have in common and what they differ in.

Annette Poiror, 21 Marie Duchoney, 24

France, Nante Canada, Quebec
Works as a nurse, children’s hospital Secretary, at school
Lives with parents, two younger sisters Lives with her boyfriend, parents - in Vancouver
Wants to be a children's doctor Hobby – sports – jogging and tennis, taking pictures
Hobby - reading, jazz and folk music, fan of cats fan of Whitney Huston
Martin Drovyanek, 25 Anita Sanchez, 19
Poland, Wrozlaw Spain, Barcelona
Engineer, at a large plant Student of art, wants to be a designer of textile
Married, one small son, no other relatives of his own Lives with mum and grandparents
Hobby- cars and rally, rap and likes the Pope Paul II Hobby - drawing, singing, theatre
Cobo Abo, 18 David Schwartz, 21
Japan, Tokyo Germany, Munich ['mju:nık]
Student of Polytechnic institute, wants to be a chemist Baker, works in a shop of his parents
Lives in a student’s hostel, parents and an elder sister not married, a girlfriend,
are in Osaka Wants to study at Higher School of Tourism to be a
Has a girlfriend, great cook
Hobby – windsurfing, Japanese poetry, rock music Hobby – beer, old cooking books and good classic mu-
sic
Marko Boccelli, 26 Maxim Chernov, 27
Italy, Milan Russia, Yekaterinburg
Manager at a large restaurant, Airport, pilot
Married, a charming daughter of 3 Married, twins – two boys of 5
Hobby – taking pictures of his daughter and wife, out- Hobby – skiing, watching hockey on TV, fishing and his
ing, collecting of stamps old car
Linda Hansel, 20 Amara Sutru, 22
Holland, Harlem India, Bombay;
Student, wants to be a teacher of small children Student of linguistics, can speak five languages
No boyfriend, likes company, parties No parents, only a younger sister, lives with their aunt
Lives with parents, a lot of relatives all over the world and uncle
Hobby – gardening, swimming, reading of fantasies, Is going to marry a young man, a children's doctor by
fan of ABBA and Beatles profession
Hobby – Indian culture, travelling
Michele Swan, 25 Nikki Hornby, 17
The USA, New York Scotland, Glasgow
Actress, at the theatre in Broadway Lives with her parents and six brothers and sisters,
 8

Shares a flat with her friend Olga – it's much cheaper

Schoolgirl, wants to study economics to be a manager
Dreams to play parts of Desdemona and Ofelia Hobby – reading fantasies, singing folk songs and
Likes pop music, spirituals, popcorn and horror filmsdancing folk dances
Janette Poulair, 29 Yang Vang-Tzi, 20
She is French but lives in Germany with her German China, Beijing
husband, speaks four languages Top model at a Fashion Agency
They have a car shop Wants to be a designer of clothes, studies at the Acad-
One daughter of 4 emy of Arts
Hobby – cooking, watching serials on TV and jogging, Hobby – drawing, Chinese gymnastics, outings with
wants to travel a lot around the world friends
Irena Corakova, 23 Sabina Olsen, 25
Bulgaria, Sunny Coast (Slanchev Bryag) Sweden, Stockholm
Instructor of gymnastics and body fitness Manager at a large hotel
Lives with her boyfriend Single mum of a son of 3, lives in a house of her sister
Hobby – swimming in the sea, diving, taking pictures Hobby – writing of fairy-tales for her son, singing jazz,
and playing jokes at her friends gardening
Sandra Brown, 22 Arvidas Churlenis, 26
England, Coventry Latvia, Riga
Personal assistant of the president of a large firm Body guard at a large security agency
Lives with her grandparents, an orphan Married, two children – a daughter of 4 and a son of 1
Is finishing her study at the Open university Wants to become a linguist – speaks Russian, English
Hobby – romantic films and books, tourism, dogs, and German fluently
Wants to get marry some prince Hobby – collecting models of cars, basketball, sambo
and shooting
Karin Schultz, 35 Natalia Amadu, 43
Austria, Vienna Brazil, San-Paolo
Surgeon at a large hospital Artist, has a gallery of her own
Married, husband – lawyer, has his own firm, 43 Divorced, has a son of 19 - student of Air Forces Col-
Two daughters of 13 and 10 and a son of 6 lege and a daughter of 16 - student of music college
Hobbies – play the piano, opera, windsurfing and em- Hobby – carnivals, reading and her pets – 5 cats and 3
broidering dogs

Translate into English.

День рождения*
Наконец этот великий день настал. У меня – день рождения. Приготовления были грандиозные.
Неделю назад я разослала много приглашений. Накануне я убрала квартиру и вместе с подругой
притащили два деревянных ящика в лоджию. Мы их покрыли поролоном и сверху куском материи –
получились два довольно милых мягких диванчика. Папа служил у нас провиантмейстером – бегал по
магазинам и покупал продукты. Моя милая тетушка сшила мне на день рождения в подарок чудный
костюм. Бабушка испекла торт и два огромных пирога – с мясом и лососем. А сегодня мама готовила
праздничный обед, а я исполняла всю грязную работу. Гостей мы пригласили к 4 часам. Брат и бабушка
накрыли стол. Вот и гости! Мой друг принес огромный букет моих любимых цветов, за что я наградила
его поцелуем (правда, я и так его бы поцеловала). Мои две лучшие подруги подарили великолепный
альбом по русской живописи. От дяди я получила золотое колечко с сапфиром (мой камень). A мой
маленький кузен, мой любимчик, нарисовал очень красивую картинку. Еще я получила в подарок
очаровательную фиалку в красивом керамическом горшке, шелковый шарф с рисунком и парочку
смешных фарфоровых котят. Когда все подарки были вручены, все сели за стол. Мы поставили в разных
концах стола салаты, которые исчезли в мгновенье (disappear in a moment) с возгласами: "Как вкусно!
Можно еще добавки?" Все радостно и громко приветствовали пироги. После еды мы сели на диван, в
кресла, на пол. Мы перепели все песни, какие можно было вспомнить. Все рассказывали разные
смешные истории из моей жизни и жизни моих друзей. А потом мы начали рассказывать еще и
множество анекдотов и над каждым хохотали до упаду (split one's sides with laughter). Моего маленького
кузена отец унес спать в мою комнату. Не забывали мы и о танцах. Около двенадцати гости начали
расходиться (start leaving the party). Родители не стали будить кузена, а взяли на руки и отнесли прямо в
одеяле в машину. Пока я провожала гостей, мама с бабулей убрали со стола и почти всю посуду
перемыли и вытерли. Я помогла прибрать гостиную, а потом села на диван с мамой и начала думать,
как прекрасно иметь такую хорошую семью и таких классных друзей как у меня.
 9

Read and retell the text.

Cinderella
Once upon a time, a widower had a daughter who was very kind and good. He married a second wife who
was proud and very selfish. She had two daughters who were also very unpleasant persons. And that woman
could not stand her stepdaughter and made her do all dirty work about the house. The daughters of that woman
lived in light well-furnished rooms, but the poor girl had a room in a tiny, cold attic. But she never complained be-
cause she didn't want to upset her father.
In the evenings, she used to sit by the fire in the cinders so the stepmother and the stepsisters called her
Cinderella. But even in an old dress she was lovelier than her stepsisters.
One day, the king's son sent invitations to a ball. The stepsisters talked and talked about that ball trying on
dozens of dresses.
"I'll wear my red velvet," said the elder, "the one with real laces."
'I'll wear my plain ball dress," the other sister said. "But I'll have my diamonds, too. And my cape with gold
flowers."
Cinderella had excellent taste and the girls asked her how to do their hair. And she promised them to help.
While Cinderella was working at their hairdos the girls teased her. Soon they were ready to leave for the ball.
Cinderella watched, and when they had gone, she cried a little. Her fairy god-mother came to see why she
was crying.
"I wish I could go to the ball," Cinderella said.
"Do as I say, and you will go to the ball," said the fairy and told her to bring a large pumpkin, six mice and a
rat.
attic – чердак cape – накидка с капюшоном
to complain – жаловаться to do one's hair – сделать прическу
to upset – огорчать fairy godmother – фея крестная мать
 10

TOPIC 'FLAT'
I. Read and translate this text into Russian.
My flat*
My House.
I live in Forest Street, 47, flat N34. It's on the third floor. Our house is multi-storied and there are many
porches. So people sometimes call it the "Chinese Wall" because it is very long. We have a wonderful yard with
a children’s playground and a sport ground. There is even a place for our grannies to sit on the benches under
the trees. In summer our yard is very green because there are a lot of trees, bushes and flowers on the
flowerbeds. Sometimes somebody brings a tape-recorder and we arrange dances. Even our parents join us.
Maybe it is strange, but we help our yard-keeper to clean the yard, to plant and to water flowers, to repair or to
paint something. And he lets us warm in his office in winter. This winter we made a real snow fortress and an
ice-hill for small children. There is only one trouble: too many cars in the yard. But this summer people are going
to make a car parking at the side of the house.
My Flat.
Our house has all modern conveniences: lift, gas, electricity, central heating, telephone and refuse chute.
We have a three-room flat with a kitchen, a bathroom and a lavatory. When we enter the flat we get into a large
square hall with a closet for coats and boots and something of the kind. On the left one can see a large oval mir-
ror with two wall lamps on the sides. There is also a small chest-of-drawers with a telephone on it and a stool. At
the other wall one can see an old comfortable armchair. A green-and-brown mat is on the floor of the hall. A
short wide corridor leads to the bathroom, the lavatory and the kitchen.
There is nothing to say about the lavatory. The walls are tiled pale beige and there is a standard flush-toilet
(стандартный унитаз). The bathroom is rather large. The walls are tiled too but pale rosy. There is a bath with a
shower and taps for cold and hot water. Above the sink we have a glass shelf for cosmetics and a big mirror. Our
toothpaste and toothbrushes are in a glass standing on the sink. On the opposite side we have a cupboard for
bath accessories and towels. Under that cupboard we have an automatic washing machine. It is modern and
very good. The hooks for towels are on the door. And on the floor we have a rubber rug.
Our kitchen is spacious. It's our Mum's pride. It's really nice. All kitchen furniture with a gas stove and oven,
a huge fridge, a sink with cold and hot water is in the left side corner of the kitchen. There are also several cup -
boards on the walls there too. And the dinner zone is in the opposite corner. There is a large wooden table with
six chairs around it. The cloth on the table, the cushions on the chairs and the curtains on a large window are of
the same design. Mum made them herself. And there are a lot of houseplants. Mum is fond of them. There are
several lamps in the kitchen: one is above the sink and a working table, the other one is on the wall near the ta -
ble, and there is a small lustre on the ceiling in the centre of the kitchen. The floor is tiled light brown.
From the hall we can get to the rooms, the living room, my parents' bedroom and mine. My brother got
married last year and now he and his wife live separately. I love them both dearly but it's so nice to have a room
of my own! It's the most light and warm room in the flat. It seems to be large because there is little furniture in it
and it is light. To the right side of the door there is a wardrobe. Further there is my sofa of bright colours with a
lot of silk cushions and a bedside table. A table lamp is on it. And I also have a picture of my family on it. At the
opposite wall there are two comfortable armchairs with a small round coffee table between them. Near the win-
dow in the corner I have a desk with my PC and a halogen lamp on it. My books and my musical centre are on
the shelves. There are several watercolours of my brother on the wall above the sofa. I can't stand any carpets
on the walls but they are good on the floor. I have a large one of pale yellow and brown colours. I am not so fond
of flowers but there is one I like very much. It is a huge monstera. It is between the window and my desk. The
flower makes a great impression on everybody coming to my room.
The bedroom of my parents is quite usual I think. They have no wardrobe there. They separated a part of
the room and made there a dressing room. There are shelves for linen and clothes, hangs for suits, dresses and
coats, a full-length mirror with a lamp over it and a chair. The walls are covered with pale yellow wallpaper with
florist pattern. In the room one can see a double bed with two bedside tables and two lamps with pale-yellow
lampshades. The curtains on the window and the bedspread are of the same golden colour. In the corner near
the window is a three-panelled mirror with a chest-of-drawers. Mum keeps her perfumes and cosmetics and jew-
elry there. On both sides of the bed on the floor they have two long thick beige-and-green carpets. Daddy's
alarm clock is on his bedside table and I sometimes have a strong wish to break it down. I have never seen be-
fore an alarm clock with such a dreadful voice.
Our living room is cosy. We have no standard wall unit. Daddy has put a bookcase so that he has almost a
separate study. There he has a massive writing table with an armchair of brown leather. On the table he has a
PC, a lamp, a writing set and a lot of other things. Over the writing desk he hung a bookshelf for dictionaries,
 11

books on economics and management. The bookcase is full of collections of works of Russian classics, some
foreign writers and books on cookery, plants, history and Mum's favourite love stories. The Dad's study with the
bookcase is opposite the window and the balcony. On the right side of the door there is an upholstered sofa of
light brown colour and a sideboard. Near the sofa we have a standard lamp with a silk white lampshade. At the
opposite wall one can see two armchairs with a low coffee table between them. The upholstery of the furniture is
of rich brown (сочного коричневого) colour, a bit dark I think. But the walls are very light – pale green, so it is
not boring. Our new colour TV set is in the corner. In the middle of the room on the floor we have a huge carpet
of sandy colour. We have no dinner table in the room. We have a folding table that is usually in the closet. But
several chairs are in the room in different places. At the window there is a stand with my Mum's favourite violets
(фиалки) on it. On the ceiling one can see a very nice old lustre.
I like my flat very much. I can invite my friends to my place and my parents are glad to see them too.
Sometimes I simply don't want to go anywhere. It's so nice to sit in your own room and listen to music and
dream about something.

II. Read the text and translate it into Russian.

To furnish a flat is a great problem*
Hi! I'm Anna. I'm so happy that I can sing and jump and play fool! Now I have a flat of my own. At last! No
matter that it is only a one-room flat on the second floor of a ten-storied house. But I don't need a lift, which is of-
ten out of work. And there is a refuse chute. Besides, I have a large loggia, but not a very large room. Now, I
have other two problems – how to furnish my new flat and where I can get money to do that. And I don't know
which task I should start with. Well, let's begin with the planning. First, I'll be busy with a hall. Though it's difficult
to call that tiny space a hall, I think, I can find the place for a hallstand with hooks and a mirror because they are
on the walls. But where shall I put a small bench or a chest of drawers for shoes? Nowhere! By the way, where
does that door go? As far as I remember, there must be a store-room. But is it large or not? Wow! There is
enough space to hang all my coats and raincoats and put all my shoes! Good. But the colour of the walls here is
awful. I must paint them pale cream and the floor - light brown. Or, maybe, dark red. No, my mum will be in hor -
ror, she won't outlive it. It's easier to decide what to do with a bathroom. The bath is there, the sink with taps is
there too. The walls are tiled light pink and white. I need here only a large mirror, a shelf for cosmetics and a
rack for towels. Ah, there must be a bathmat, something bright. Well, is there any space for a washing machine?
Mine is not very wide. Let's measure. Fine, to a hair. Now, let's go to the kitchen. At the sight of it I want to cry.
Everything must be done the other way. There will be a lot of work! I'll move the sink closer to the window, then
there will be a working table with drawers and only then I'll place a gas stove. Several cupboards over them will
be fine. The fridge will be in the corner. Everything will be at the hand. And the wall at the stove, the table and
the sink must be tiled. In the corner opposite the fridge I put a dining table, a corner sofa and two or three stools.
What colours to choose? Ah, I think, yellow with blue will be cool. A couple of houseplants and the kitchen will be
in full order. The room, at last. There are only nineteen square metres. There must be two zones: working-dining
and for rest. Luckily, I don't need to buy a wardrobe, there is a built-in one, and rather spacious. So, opposite the
door I'll have a computer table with my PC, a processor and a printer and a swivel chair at it. I like comfort. A
little further there will be a bookcase and one bookshelf with all my dictionaries, reference books and textbooks
over the desk. At the wall near the window I see a corner sofa and two armchairs. There will be a coffee table
between them. No dining tables. My guests prefer to sit on the carpet, like Japanese people. So, I must think
about the carpet, thick and large. Several days ago I saw the one I need. A colour TV set will be on the low chest
of drawers (I should keep my belongings somewhere) between the desk and the armchairs. But where should I
put a musical centre? Let it be on the shelf over the armchairs. There are only two things remained to put – a
standard lamp and my palm. Well, I'll put them on the sides of the sofa. Something is not done. Well, I have four
not very large pictures of London, just for this wall. I'll hang them over the armchairs. That's all. I'm dog-tired.
And this is only the planning. What will I do when the work begins? But it's my flat! Hurrah!

III. Answer the questions on the text.

1. What kind of a house is a new flat of Anna in? 2. Is it a two-room or one-room flat? 3. What does Anna do the
first? 4. What problems does she have? 5. What modern conveniences does she have? 6. Her flat is on the last
floor, isn't it? 7. What is she going to do with her hall? 8. Are there any problems with the bathroom? What does
she need there? 9. Is there any space for her washing machine? 10. Why does Anna want to cry at the sight of
the kitchen? 11. What changes will she do in her kitchen? 12. What colours does she choose for her kitchen?
13. Is her room large or small? 14. Why doesn't she need any wardrobe? 15. Do you think Anna has a lot of
books? 16. Why doesn't she want to have a dining table? 17. Where will her guests sit then? 18. What is she go-
 12

ing to hang on the walls: carpets, pictures or maps? 19. Will the room be crammed up with furniture or spa-
cious? 20. Does Anna like houseplants or not? 21. Why is she so happy?

IV. Read the text. Translate into Russian the words and word combinations printed in bold. Retell the text.
My brother's room*
I have got a brother of fourteen. I think, you can understand what a trouble a teenager can be. Sometimes I
suppose everything is wrong with him. And when you have a look at his room you stand amazed in some kind of
a shock. Nick papered two walls with the paper of blue colour and the other two walls with pale orange. There
are Venetian blinds of bright orange colour on the window. Only the ceiling is of a common white colour. On the
door one can see some metal construction with different notes for him clipped with the help of magnets. I can't
say there is no furniture in the room but everything is in great mess. There is a sofa at the wall near the door.
And on the sofa one can see a lot of books – fantasies, textbooks, books on his favourite PC and in the middle
of this mess there is a guitar. All cushions are on the floor at the opposite wall put one onto another and on the
top there is Nick's pet, a fat and lazy cat Sebastian sleeping. At the window there is the only piece of furniture
with an ideal order on it– his desk with a PC and a shelf with CD-disks. There is also a desk lamp. Near the desk
he has got an old half-broken armchair of dark brown leather. Long time ago that armchair belonged to Nick's
granddad. Opposite the window there is a huge wardrobe with all his clothes and footwear. From time to time
something falls out of that wardrobe and Nick again pushes it inside. You can find his socks under the sofa, on
the windowsill, and books can be everywhere but not on the bookshelf. When his friends come to see him they
prefer to sit on a large thick carpet spread in the middle. Of course, Nick does not want to have any tables and
all treats (угощение) he arranges on a small bench covered with an Indian silk scarf taken from the mum. To
round it all up I must mention about his ultra-modern musical centre standing on a low chest-of-drawers at the
sofa. It's the main trouble because it is turned on to the full (включен на полную мощь) always when my
brother is at home.

V. Make the sentences of your own.

There is a garage in front of the house.
There are a postbox behind the house.
One can see a fence at the left side of the house.
We have some fruit trees at the right side of the house.
They have bushes of lilac around the house.
My parents have flowers in the centre of the plot.
My friend has a sandbox for children leading to the house / the garage / the veranda.
a path on the entrance door.
a door bell on the gate of the fence.
a conservatory
a veranda

VI. Make sentences of your own. Where is this a piece of furniture situated?
1.a crib (детская кроватка) / near the wardrobe; 2.a dressing table / in the corner; 3.a coffee table / between the
chest of drawers and the armchair; 4.a standard lamp / at the armchair; 5. a house plant / on the windowsill; 6.a
thick carpet / on the floor near the sofa; 7.two wall lamps / on the sides of the mirror; 8.a desk / at the window;
9.highbacked chairs / around the table; 10.a sideboard / at the wall to the right of the door; 11.a bookcase /
between the bed and the desk; 12.a colour TV set / in the corner of the living-room; 13.a sofa / opposite the pi-
ano; 14.a piano / at the left side of the door; 15.a dining table / in the middle of the dining-room; 16.a chandelier /
above the dining table; 17.a box with toys / under the bed; 18.a rocking chair / not far from the balcony door;
19.a small wardrobe / behind the door; 20.a musical centre / on the low chest of drawers.

VII. Answer the questions as in the model.

Model: Is the table in the middle of the room? (by the window) – No, it's by the window.
1.Is the rocking chair at the window? (at the balcony door); 2. Are the chairs at the wall? (around the dining
table); 3. Is the TV set on the coffee table? (on the side table); 4. Is your musical centre on the floor? (on the
shelf); 5. Is the telephone on the wall? (on the desk); 6. Are the books on the desk? (in the bookcase); 7.Is your
swivel chair at the dining table? (at the desk); 8. Is your PC on the chest of drawers? (on the desk); 9. Is the
wardrobe in the corner? (opposite the door); 10. Is the piano near the window? (between the sofa and the book-
case); 11. Are the cushions in the armchair? (on the sofa); 12. Are your house plants on the windowsill? (on the
flower-stand); 13. Is the ironing board (гладильная доска) behind the door? (in the closet); 14.Are your copy-
 13

books, textbooks and dictionaries in the desk? (in the drawers of the desk); 15.Are your belongings all over the
flat? (in the chest of drawers and in the wardrobe).

VIII. Match the adjectives and the nouns.

wooden carpet tall sofa
plastic curtain large cushion
silk house comfortable wardrobe
woollen cupboard high-backed window
glass handle (ручка) spacious house
brass cloth modern chair
metal table old-fashioned furniture
brick door soft sideboard (сервант)
 14

TOPIC 'AT THE MAP OF THE WORLD'

1. Geographical Quiz*
I. Can you answer these questions?
1. How many oceans are there on our planet?
2. What are the names of the oceans?
3. What is the deepest point in the oceans?
4. What sea is situated below the sea level?
5. How many seas of what oceans wash our country?
6. What seas have 'colour' names? Where are they situated?
7. What is the warmest sea in the world?
8. How many continents are there on the planet?
9. What are the names of the continents?
10. What are five largest countries in size?
11. What are five smallest countries in size?
12. What countries have English as the first language (as the native language)?
13. What language is spoken by the greatest number of people?
14. What is the longest river in the world?
15. What is the longest river in Europe / Asia / Africa / America / Australia?
16. What is the highest mountain in the world? Where is it situated?
17. Who was the first man mounted it? When was it?
18. What is the highest mountain in Russia?
19. What is the most famous volcano in the history of mankind?
20. What country occupies the whole continent?
21. What is the largest desert in the world?
22. Who discovered the Antarctic? When?
23. Who discovered Australia? When?
24. Who made the first all-round voyages? When?
25. What countries are the members of the Council of Europe?
26. What mountain ranges situated in Russia can you name?
27. What European countries have monarchies?
28. Due to what is it possible to see roses and magnolias outdoors in Great Britain, though it is situated at the
same latitude as Tchelyabinsk?
29. What city is situated southerner – Madrid, Washington or Tashkent?
30. What symbols of nature can you name on the coat-of-arms of Russia, the United Kingdom, the USA,
Canada, and Australia?
31. Some countries are mononational, the other ones are multinational. Can you give three examples of coun-
tries of each type?

If you can answer all these questions, you really know something in Geography!

II. Read this text and retell it. Pay special attention to the words printed in bold.
At the map of the world*
It's very interesting to look at the map of the world and think how many enigmas our planet still keeps.
First of all, there is no other planet in our Solar system but our Earth that has so much water – more than 60 per
cent of its surface is covered with it. There is another enigma that I heard when being a pupil – nobody can say
for sure if there was an only continent or all of them were separated since the time of appearance. In the child-
hood we liked to read about travels and adventures in far-away countries, about unusual animals and plants.
Later we began to show some interest for peoples, their life, habits, cultures, and holidays. Especially holidays,
because everybody likes to make fun, to laugh, to sing, to dance. And through the holidays we begin to discover
that different peoples have a lot in common. We are the same, we feel, love and hate the same way. We have
the same problems – how to get a decent job, how to bring up children and give them education, how to get on
well with neighbours. And we understand that our Earth is a small place and to survive here we should live in
peace and help each other to cope with hard sides of the life – hunger, poverty, terrorism, drugs, religious con-
flicts, nature disasters and so on and so forth.
 15

There are many different maps and all of them are interesting in their own way. When looking at the geo-
graphical map we can see oceans and continents, seas, lakes and rivers, mountains and volcanoes, deserts
and swamps. Quite recently I discovered that there are five oceans but not four. And there are their own moun-
tains and ravines. And the deepest place is Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean – more than 11 kilometres. And
the highest top is Everest of almost 9 km high in the Himalayas. The difference between these points is twenty
kilometres! This fact can really strike the imagination.
Also there are climatic maps, maps showing the areas of habitation of different plants and animals, maps
of different soils, maps of population – they show the density of population and where this or that nation lives.
Maybe, there are any other maps, I don't know.
But most of all I like to investigate political maps. There you can see where this or that state is situated,
what the name of the capital is, which countries border it. I have several atlases (collections of maps) made by
continents. Besides the maps there are reference materials: data of the squares of different states, their popula-
tion, the most important branches of industry and agriculture, flags and coats-of-arms and so on and so forth.

III. Read this text and say what the most unusual thing in this country is for you.
The Country I Find Interesting*
I like to look at geographical maps and imagine different countries. So you can guess that among my fa-
vourite books one can find books on geography and about the life of different peoples. And Japan is one of the
countries that attracts my attention greatly. Of course, everybody begins thinking about unusual people and the
language, kimonos, ikebana, bonsai, samurais, hara-kiri on the one hand and super modern technology and ul-
tra industrialised country on the other hand. And there is everything from that list.
But first of all the country itself is very unusual. It is situated in the Far East and it's one of the main coun-
tries of this oriental region. Japan is an island country forming an arc in the Pacific Ocean to the east of the
Asian continent. There are four large islands named (in decreasing order of size) Honshu, Hokkaido, Kyushu
and Shikoku, together with many smaller islands. The Pacific Ocean lies to the east while the Sea of Japan and
the East China Sea separate Japan from the Asian continent. There are two ocean currents that help to form a
rather original climate of the country and produce rich fish resources near Japan and supply rich rainfalls to grow
a lot of rice – the basic foodstuff products of the population. It lies almost the same latitude as the Mediterranean
Sea and the city of Los Angeles. Paris and London have latitudes somewhat to the north of the northern tip of
Hokkaido.
Japan's total area is about 378,000 kilometres. So it is approximately the same size as Finland, or Viet-
nam, or Malaysia. But it is smaller than the state of California of the USA.
Japan's coastline is quite varied. In some places there are long sandy beaches continuing fairly straight
and uninterrupted for 60 kilometres or so, while in other places the coastline is curved with a lot of small bays
and peninsulas and offshore islands. There are also irregular areas of the coast with many inlets and steep cliffs
caused by the changes in the Earth's crust.
About three-quarters of Japan's land surface is mountainous. The Chubu Region of central Honshu is
known as "the roof of Japan" and has many mountains that are more than 3,000 meters high. But the highest
mountain of Japan is Mount Fuji (3,776 metres high) that is situated not very far from Tokyo and Yokohama.
Japan is known all over the world as a country of volcanoes and earthquakes. And it is really so. As it is
situated along the circum-Pacific volcanic belt, Japan has several volcanic regions—usually considered to num-
ber seven —from the far north to the far south. Of the total number of volcanoes, approximately eighty are act -
ive; it is about one tenth of all active volcanoes of the planet. Mt. Fuji, which has been dormant since its last
eruption in 1707, is by no means incapable of erupting again in our lifetimes. Though volcanoes can cause
great harm through large eruptions, they also contribute an incalculable tourist resource. Japan is among those
countries most likely to suffer from earthquakes. Every year there are approximately 1,000 earthquakes, which
are strong enough to be felt. In January 1995, the Great Hanshin-Awaji Earthquake killed approximately 6,000
people, injured over 40,000 and left 200,000 homeless.
Mountainous Japan is blessed with many rivers. Most of Japan's rivers flow very fast, but they are rather
short. Japan's longest river is the Shinano River, which flows 367 kilometres from the mountains of the Chubu
region to the Sea of Japan.
As for climate there are four types of it – from clearly cut temperature changes of seasons in the most
northern island of Hokkaido with rather severe winters to the subtropical pattern of climate in Okinawa, the most
southern island. The Pacific Ocean side of Japan belongs to the temperate zone, and its summers are hot, in-
fluenced by seasonal winds from the Pacific. The side of the country which faces the Sea of Japan has a cli-
mate with much rain and snow, produced when cold, moisture-bearing seasonal winds from the continent are
 16

stopped in their advance by the Central Alps and other mountains which run along Japan's centre like a back-
bone.
If there is a plant that best represents Japan, of course, it is the sakura (cherry tree). The sakura, which
is native to Japan, has been by far the Japanese people's favourite from antiquity onward. Modern-day Japan-
ese greet the blossoming of cherry trees in spring as an opportunity to have hanami (flower-viewing parties),
and many celebrations such as entrance ceremonies to schools and companies are held during this season.
Weather forecasts on television and in newspapers broadcast and print charts of the "cherry blossom front" as it
moves northwards from Okinawa and ends in Hokkaido. Autumn, when leaves change colour, offers another oc-
casion to appreciate nature. Although it is said that people hundreds of years ago would play music and dance
beneath the trees, today's mostly urban Japanese pile into cars and trains in search of autumn's colours, espe-
cially those of the maple tree.
Fauna of the country is rather poor. Now there are no big animals, except in Zoos. One can find mon -
keys, foxes, hares, racoons, squirrels, turtles and something of the kind. But there are a lot of different birds –
birds of prey and birds of passage and birds that live there all year round: eagles, owls, nightingales, ravens,
cranes and so on. As we have already mentioned the waters near Japan are full of fish and other water animals.
Animals figure importantly in the culture of Japan. Certain animals have special places in the folklore of Japan.
Buddhist teachings have influenced people's attitudes toward animals. Until late in the nineteenth century, for
example, almost no Japanese would slaughter a four-legged animal, relying instead on fish for their animal pro-
tein.
I think that the most interesting in every country is its people, its history, culture, customs and habits. Till
the middle of the 19th century the world knew practically nothing about Japan. The country was closed for for-
eigners. And because of this isolation the population of the country remains practically mononational – 98% are
Japanese, in the north of Japan one can find a very mysterious people 'ines' ['ainz], the origin of whom nobody
knows. There are also a small number of the Koreans, Chinese and Vietnamese. International marriages are
still disapproved. Japanese carefully keep to their traditions, customs and habits. Where else can you see the
Day of Carp – the holiday of boys or the Day of Dolls – the holiday of girls? Japanese like their national costume
kimono and wear it not only at home but also on different occasions. There are different rules denoting what
kind of kimono and of what colour should be put on for a wedding and for a funeral, for a family party and for
some official ceremony. I think everybody knows something about Japanese art: painting, national theatre 'Ka-
buki' and especially about poetry – hokku and tanka. To express great feelings in a three or five-line poem one
should really have a great talent. I'd like to give here one such poem.
An autumn rain in dusk. Осенний дождь во мгле,
Not to my place, but to my neighbour's Нет, не ко мне,
An umbrella has rustled. К соседу зонт прошелестел.
So, you see, the more I learn about this country, the more attractive for me it is.

IV. Answer the following questions.

1. What words of Japanese origin can you meet in the text? What do they mean? 2. What are the most striking
features of the country? 3. Where is Japan situated? 4. What are the main four islands of Japan? 5. What can
you say about the territory of the country? 6. Is it a plain or mountainous country? 7. Why does the country suf-
fer of frequent earthquakes? 8. What can you say about the rivers of the country? 9. What types of climate are
there in Japan? 10. What can you say about flora of Japan? 11. Is fauna of the country rich or not? 12. Why Ja-
pan has remained practically mononational? 13. What national holidays of Japan can you name? 14. Do Japan-
ese keep to their traditions, customs and habits? 15. What can you say about art of the country?

V. Match the words in the left-hand column with their definitions in the right-hand column.
1. kimono a. a Japanese kind of a cherry tree
2. hokku b. a part of the sea or a large lake enclosed by the wide curve of the shore
3. turtle c. the ejection of molten rock, as from a volcano; the ejection of water as from a geyser
4. bay d. an area of land that is almost surrounded by water but is joined to a larger piece of land
5. eruption e. a large reptile with a hard round shell, that lives in the sea
6. dormant f. a poem of three lines
7. sakura g. a sudden, violent shaking of the earth’s surface
8. inlet h. a traditional Japanese dress worn both men and women
9. peninsula i. not active or growing now but able to become active or to grow in the future
10. earthquake j. a narrow strip of water that stretches from the sea or a lake, or between islands
 17

VI. Read this text and retell it. What else can you add to it? Look up all unknown words in the dictionary and
learn them.
Our Native Country
Part I. The Geography of the Country.
Our country is called the Republic of the Russian Federation or Russia. It is the largest country of the
world. Russia is situated in the eastern part of Europe and in the northern part of Asia. Its total area is over sev-
enteen million square kilometers. Russia was one of the republics of the former USSR (the Union of the Soviet
Socialist Republics). Now our country is an independent state.
The country is washed by 14 seas of three oceans: the Pacific, the Atlantic and the Arctic. The Russian
Federation borders on many countries on land: Norway, Finland, Poland, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Byelorussia,
Ukraine, Georgia, Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, China, Mongolia and Northern Korea.
There are many plains in our country. Among them there are the Great Russian Plain and the West
Siberian Plain. The great part of the West Siberian Plain is occupied with swamps. There are also many moun-
tains and mountain chains, the biggest of which are the Urals, which separate Europe from Asia, and the Altai.
Some mountains are very high. The highest tops of Russia are Elbrus in the Caucasus and Kluchevskaya Sopka
in the Kamchatka Peninsula. Also there we can find 150 volcanoes, 30 of which are active.
There are over two million rivers in Russia, and twenty-two of them are more than one thousand kilome-
ters long. We all know such rivers as the Volga, the Don, the Dnieper, and the Dvina in the European part of the
country, the Ob, the Yenissei, the Lena in Siberia and the Amur in the Far East. They are the greatest. We have
about 2,5 million lakes in our country. The largest of them are the Caspian Sea, the Aral Sea, the Ladozhskoye
Lake, and the deepest lake is the Baikal Lake. The waters of this lake are the purest in the world.
Part II. Climate, mineral resources, wildlife.
The climate of our country varies greatly from one part to another. One can find Arctic zones of tundra in
the region of Far North, great taiga forests in Siberia, steppes and semi-deserts in the South, subtropical jungles
of the Far East and along the Black Sea Coast. The eastern part of the country is warmer in summer than the
western part, but the winter is much colder in the East. In the Far North there is the polar night that lasts half a
year, the other part of the year is the polar day. In the Urals winters are long and cold but summers are hot and
short.
Our country has many time zones. When the sun rises in the east of our country, in Chukotka, there is
still night in the west of it, in Kaliningradsky region.
The Russian Federation is very rich in mineral resources. It has huge (great) deposits of oil and natural
gas, ferrous and non-ferrous ores (iron ores, copper, nickel, zinc, silver, and gold), diamonds and almost all
other minerals.
The world of animals and plants is very rich too, because of many types of climate. In the North of Russia
we can find the walrus, seal, white bear, polar fox, and reindeer. In the forest zone live the bear, wolf, fox, lynx,
sable, ermine, elk, and wild boar and in the Far East we can see the tiger and leopard.
Among the trees growing in the European part of our country are birch, pine, oak, maple; in Siberia -
cedar, larch, fir trees; in the Far East - iron trees and cork trees, lotus, ginseng and lianas.
Part III. Political and Administrative System of Our Country.
Our country is formed by 16 autonomous republics, 5 autonomous regions and other territorial units. The
population of the country is 143 million people. 83 per cent of them are Russians. But our country is multina-
tional and equal rights are given to each nation and nationality. There are over 130 of them and some of these
nationalities are less than 1000 people. More than one hundred languages are spoken in our country.
The Russian Federation is a democratic republic. At the head of the country there is a president elected
for a period of four years. The Federal Assembly has two houses, the 176-seat Federation Council and 450 -
seat State Duma. The members of Duma are elected for four years too. The heads of all territorial units are the
members of the Federation Council. The Constitutional Court is the highest in the country. Russia's voting age
is 18. The Government is headed by the Prime Minister.
Now the political situation is very difficult. There is no the USSR already. Each of 15 former republics of
the country is independent now, but 11 of them have formed the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS).
The heads of the republics meet regularly to discuss their problems. The relations among the nations and na-
tionalities in Russia are difficult too. We still have national and religious conflicts.
The national flag has three horizontal stripes of white, blue and red colours.
 18

The national coat-of-arms consists of a two-headed eagle on the red shield. There is victorious George
on a white horse with a spear in his hand on the background of the eagle.
The national anthem was created by Mikhalkov (text) and Aleksandrov (music).
We celebrate the Day of Independence on the 12th of June and the Day of National Flag on the 21st of Au-
gust. The Constitution Day is on the 12th of December.
Part IY. National economy.
The Russian Federation is a large industrial country. We have a highly developed industry and great min-
eral resources. Goods we produce are used not only in our country, but in other countries too. Our national
economy has good heavy industry, machine-building, chemical & construction industries. The centres of aircraft
industry are in Saratov & Samara. Shipbuilding is developed in our ports: Kaliningrad, Vladivostok, Murmansk,
Novorossiysk, and Saint Petersburg. Coal-mining industry is developed in Kuzbass, in the Urals, in Vorkuta. Our
light industry produces textile, clothes, leather and footwear. In all large cities are factories of food industry. As
our country has many rivers, there are a lot of hydroelectric stations. Russia also produces electronics, radio and
TV sets, cars and lorries, carriages and space rockets.
Our agriculture is also developed. Farmers grow wheat, rye, barley, oats, buckwheat, and flax. Vegetable
growing and gardening is developed all over the country. There are poultry farming and cattle-farming near ev-
ery large city.
Part Y. Our culture.
Russia has a great culture. Since the very beginning of our state our country had been known as the
country with rich cultural traditions, just remember the fact that the level of literacy was much higher in ancient
Russia than in the Western Europe. Our literature is one of the richest in the world. Almost everybody knows our
music, ballet, and opera. One can make up a very long list of outstanding Russian scientists, writers, poets,
composers, painters, singers and ballet dancers. There are a lot of museums, libraries, theatres and art galleries
all over the country.
But now let’s speak about folk-crafts, folk-art and some habits and traditions of our country. One can see
that every region has its own folk-craft. The Far North is famous for its bone-carving. Beautiful laces are made in
Vologda and Eletz. Everybody knows Khokhloma and Gorodetz tableware, trays form Zhestovo and Nyzhny
Tagil, Bogorodsky wooden carved toys, Dymka clay toys and Gzhel faience, pained boxes of Palekh. Log
houses, usually decorated with wood carving, are typical for Russian villages. As our country is a multinational
one, the variety of models in clothes strikes everybody visiting our country. And it is usually richly decorated with
embroidery and laces.
As it has already been told there are rich cultural traditions. Not long ago people in Russian villages per-
formed traditional khorovods (a kind of round dance) and chastushki (folk chanted rhymes) and rode in troikas.
There are still a lot of people who like to play the accordion and balalaika and other folk musical instruments.
The orchestras of folk instruments and ensembles of folk songs are popular in our country. There are many folk
holidays in our country.
Can you make up your own list of 100 the most outstanding people of our country - political leaders,
Statesmen, generals and admirals, scientists, public men, poets and writers, singers and ballet dancers? What
are these people famous for?
19
 20

TOPIC 'MEALS"
I. Read these dialogues and retell tem in indirect speech.
A. In the restaurant (In Britain).
Mr. Johnson: Will we have dinner in this restaurant? They serve very good meals here, and the prices are
quite reasonable.
Mr. Campbell: Well, you lead. You should know better, Mr. Johnson.
In the restaurant.
Mr. Johnson: What will we have? A full course, I suppose? I'm awfully hungry.
Mr. Campbell: So am I. And I am thirsty, too.
Mr. Johnson: Then let's have a glass of mineral water first or some orange juice.
Mr. Campbell: I prefer ice with my juice.
Mr. Johnson: Waiter! Iced orange juice and a glass of mineral water, please. (To Mr. Campbell) Now let's see the
menu. And
here is the wine card, too. How about some hard drinks?
Mr. Campbell: I wouldn't mind having a brandy.
Mr. Johnson: So it's a brandy. And it's a whisky and soda for me. Now come the hors d'oeuvre. What do you
suggest?
Mr. Campbell: A salad would do, I think.
Mr. Johnson: And I think I'll have shrimps. Now for the soup.
Mr. Campbell: Will we have chicken broth?
Mr. Johnson: I'd better take tomato soup. For the fish and meat courses they have broiled salmon, lamb chops
and roast beef.
Mr. Campbell: I won't have any fish course. I'll just try the roast beef.
Mr. Johnson: And I don't want any meat. I'd rather order perch. Now what is there for dessert? (Reads)
Apples, pears, strawberry ice-cream, rice pudding… What do you say to ice-cream?
Mr. Campbell: Well, I don't mind.
Mr. Johnson: So, that's settled: two ices.
After dinner.
Mr. Johnson: Well, how do you find the dinner?
Mr. Campbell: It was really fine.
Mr. Johnson: Waiter, can we have our bill?
reasonable – умеренные hard drinks – крепкие напитки salad would do – можно и салат заказать
you lead – я доверяюсь вам I wouldn't mind – я не возражал бы I'd rather – я пожалуй (лучше)…
full course – полный обед hors d'oeuvre [ɔ:'dэ:vr] – закуска that's settled – решено
perch – окунь

B. In the restaurant (In the USA)

Waiter: Good evening. Two for dinner?

Alex: Yes, that's right.
Waiter: Where would you like to sit?
Alex: Could we have a table near the window, please?
Waiter: Come with me, please. (He is leading Alex and his wife Susan to a table for two.)
Alex: Could we have the menu and the wine list?
Waiter: Certainly.
Alex: Do you want an appetizer, Susan? Oysters, lox, smoked herring?
Susan: Does it come with the dinner?
Alex: No, it is a la carte.
Susan: Let me see… the dinner includes salad, an entree, vegetables and potatoes, a dessert and coffee.
That's more than enough.
Alex: O.K. We'll order a dinner without an appetizer. What about the entree? What would you like – veal,
roast beef, steak, or chicken?
Susan: As for me I'd like to have a steak.
Alex: So would I.
Waiter: Are you ready to order now?
Alex: Yes. Can we start with the salad?
 21

Waiter: Certainly, sir. What kind of dressing would you like?

Alex: Just olive oil and vinegar for both of us.
Waiter: And for entree?
Alex: Two steaks, please.
Waiter: Rare, medium or well done?
Alex: Medium, please.
Susan: Is there a choice of vegetables and potatoes?
Waiter: No, ma'm. We serve a daily special. Today you can have mashed potatoes. The vegetable of today is
asparagus.
Alex: It's all right with me. What about you, Susan?
Susan: It's okay.
Waiter: Would you like to see the wine list?
Alex: We'd like a carafe of Chablis.
Waiter: Fine. Will you order your dessert now?
Alex: Can we order it later?
Waiter: Of course.
Two for dinner? – вас двое на come with the dinner – входить в entree ['ontreı] – основное блюдо
ужин? стоимость обеда daily special – определенный гарнир на
lox – семга that's more than enough – этого каждый день
a la carte –по заказу (отдельно) более чем достаточно Chablis – [∫э'blı] – "Шабли" – сорт белого сухого
dressing – приправа, соус to include – включать (в себя) вина

II. Translate into English.

1.Здесь подают очень хорошую еду. 2. Цены вполне приемлемые. 3. Я ужасно голоден и хочу пить. 4.
Давай сначала выпьем по стакану апельсинового сока. 5. Вот карта вин, как насчет крепких напитков? 6.
Ты не против порции бренди? 7. Вот закуска, что ты предлагаешь? 8. Я думаю, что возьму креветки. 9. По-
моему, неплохо бы заказать салат. 10.Куриный бульон будем заказывать? 11. Я, пожалуй, возьму
томатный суп. 12.На второе я, пожалуй, возьму ростбиф. 13. Как насчет мороженого? 14. Я не возражаю.
15. Где бы вы хотели сесть? 16. Мы могли бы занять столик у окна? 17. Ты хочешь закуску, Сьюзан?
18.Закуска входит в стоимость обеда? 19.Нет, это порционное блюдо. 20.Ужин включает в себя салат,
основное блюдо, гарнир из овощей и картофеля, десерт и кофе. 21. Мы закажем ужин без закуски. 22.Что
бы ты хотел – бифштекс или курицу? 23. Что касается меня, я бы заказал бифштекс. 24. У нас
определенный гарнир на каждый день. 25. Вы закажете десерт сейчас? 26. Какой соус к салату вы
желаете? 27. Мы бы хотели графинчик Шабли.

III. Give the questions to which the following sentences are the answers.
1. –The roast beef is very good tonight. 2. – Well done, please. 3. – We have a choice of vegetables for garnish:
asparagus, cabbage, tomatoes, beans, peas. 4. – No more, thank you. 5. – I prefer peaches. 6. – We'd like a
table for two in the corner. 7. – Apple pie and custard would be nice. 8. – No thanks, I am on a diet. 9. – Yes, I'd
love one. 10. – No sweet. Just coffee. 11. – It's delicious. 12. – A strong one with no sugar. 13. – One vanilla ice
cream, please. 14. – It's a bit hot. 15. – I think, the butter is a bit rancid. 16. – Here you are. 17. – I'd like some-
thing substantial. 18. – I can't stand seafood. 19. – Your pie is on the plate in the kitchen. 20. – I can't say the
berries are very sweet.

IV. Answer the questions.

1.Where would you like to sit? 2. Can I take your order now? 3. How do you want your coffee? 4.Do you prefer
apple juice to grapefruit one? 5.Where is the salt? 6. Can you pass me the mustard? 7. What have you decided
on? 8. Anything to drink? 9. Do you want scrambled eggs or rice porridge for breakfast? 10. Could we have our
bill? 11. What dessert would you like? 12. Would you like dry wine or sherry? 13. How do you like it? 14. Any
hors d'oeuvre?

V. Match the beginnings and the ends of the definitions.

1.Breakfast is A. a large fruit with hard green rind and a sweet, watery pulp of red colour
2.Veal is B. the meat of a sheep that we use as food.
3.Lunch is C. a pot that we use for boiling water for tea.
4.Water is D. a glass water bottle or decanter
5.Mutton is E. a bowl with little holes to strain
6.Watermelon is F. a meal that you eat in the morning.
 22

7.Colander is G. a small pot deeper than a frying pan using for boiling or stewing
8.Kettle is H. the meat of a calf used as food.
9.Carafe is I. the meal that we eat in the middle of the day.
10.Saucepan is J. something you drink or wash yourself in.

VI. Correct false statements. Use the following phrases to make your answer.
 Not at all.  I don't think you are right.
 I don't agree.  I'm afraid you are mistaken.
1.A sugar-bowl is used for keeping salt in. 2.When you clear the table you bring dishes from the kitchen. 3.Soup
is served for dessert. 4.Honey is usually bitter. 5.Sugar is usually salty. 6.Coca-cola is a hard drink. 7.Cauliflower
is a very beautiful flower. 8.Cucumbers are red or rosy. 9.Onion is never put in soup.10.Pineapple should be
eaten (нужно есть) when they are unripe (неспелые). 11.Porridge shouldn't be given to children. 12.English
people never have toast and marmalade.13.Pudding is a traditional Russian dish. 14.When people are hungry
they drink water. 15.When people are thirsty they eat bread. 16.Eggs are never fried. 17.A pumpkin is a very
small vegetable. 18.Children never have soft drinks. 19.You can grow bananas in Russia. 20.Vinegar is used to
make food salty.

VII. Read the following definitions and guess what vegetables are described.
1.– A very large dark yellow roundish vegetable that grows on the ground. 2. – A soft fleshy (мясистый) juicy red
fruit eaten raw or cooked as a vegetable. 3. – A vegetable with green skin, flesh and seeds used for giving a par-
ticular hot taste to food. 4. – A plant rather like an onion which is used in cooking to give a strong taste to food.
5. – Large green leaves of any of several plants, forming a round, oval or long head, eaten mainly as a raw ve-
getable in salads. 6. – A vegetable with fairly long orange-red pointed root. 7. – A type of garden vegetable with
green leaves around a large white head of undeveloped flowers. 8. – A type of plant with a large purple fruit that
is eaten as a vegetable, usually cooked. 9. – A type of roundish root vegetable with a thin brown or yellow skin
that is cooked and served in many different ways. 10. – A type of a round root vegetable of purple colour, that
can colour other vegetables in food.

VIII. Match the names of different fruit and berries and their definitions.
1. Plum is A. a small red berry with a very sour taste growing in bogs.
2. Grape is B. a fruit with not edible rind and a very juicy yellow flesh, favourite with bourgeoisie.
3. Apple is C. a small, round berry with dark red or cerise smooth skin and a round seed in it.
4. Tangerine is D. a fruit of light or dark reddish-purple colour with a stone in it; dry form –prune.
5. Cranberry is E. a large berry with greenish sweet pulp, covered with brown hairy skin.
6. Cherry is F. sweet juicy fruit growing in bunches, when dried is called raisins.
7.Pineapple is G. a small citric fruit of bright orange colour, very juicy.
8. Kiwi is H. a fleshy, red, yellow or green fruit growing on trees.
9. Date is I. an oblong, fleshy, one-seeded fruit of some palms.
10.Apricot is J. a roundish, not very large in size, juicy, orange fruit with a hard stone in it.

IX. Read as fast as possible*

Marmalade, mutton, watermelon, onion, pork, cucumber, breakfast, cognac, roast, milk-jug.
Chocolate, beef, honey, cream-ewer, tumbler, broil, skimmed milk, rotten, salmon, semolina.
Knead dough, coffee, brew, colander, chicken broth, oatmeal, ginger, flan, juice, butter.
Barley, turnover, soft drinks, egg shell, shrimp, waffle, coriander, dill, kidney, raspberry,
Millet, mincemeat, lemonade, yolk of an egg, sprat, pudding, plum, cinnamon, thirsty, glutton.
Pastry, liver, strawberry, laurel, chive, cauliflower, pumpkin, hazel nuts, rabbit, poultry.
Beet, mustard, apricot, medium steak, tongue, partridge, gooseberry, lettuce, carrot, tuna.
Tangerine, cafeteria, appetite, spinach, pear, bunch of grapes, cutlet, stewed fruit, ham, goose.
Turkey, smoked sausage, peach, currant, cider, pheasant, Champaign, porter, jelly, spicy.
Quince, parsley, starve, canteen, Aubergine, grouse, olive, pomegranate, aperitif, rancid.
Delicious, absinthe, smoked ribs, whisk, salt-cellar, castor sugar, cherry, refectory, bowl, ham.
Caraway liquor, khalva, clove, cabbage, pepper-box, restaurant, sweet, biscuit, duck, decanter.
Gourmand, seafood, vinegar, beans, fig, pine-apple, casserole, peanuts, rumpsteak, corkscrew.
Kettle, crystalware, curds, herring, condensed milk, mackerel, cream soup, gruel, crust, rusk.
Processed cheese, whole milk, prawn, sardine, mushroom, loaf, caviar, vermicelli, muffin, gin.
 23

X. Now, translate these words as fast as possible.

XI. Arrange these words in groups: Meat; Poultry; Fish; Vegetables; Fruit; Drinks; Dairy Products; Sweets;
Dishes and Cutlery.

XII. Translate these words and word combinations into English*

А) Рассыпчатая гречневая каша; дары моря; компот; второе блюдо; кофе с молоком; рыбные консервы;
яйцо всмятку; бутерброд с икрой и маслом; фруктовый салат; твердый острый сыр; молочная лапша;
куриный бульон со специями; сметана; творожный торт; рисовая каша с изюмом; пицца с грибами и
салями; слоеный пирожок с курагой; горячая булочка с черникой; французский багет; буханка ржаного
хлеба; вишневый сок; яичница болтунья; щи; вареные раки; ватрушка; винный уксус; быть сладкоежкой;
нагулять аппетит; обжора; деликатесная горчица с зеленью; тушеные овощи; запеченные в слоеном
тесте груши; мелко порезанный лук; буженина; отварной говяжий язык; жареная индейка; солонка; банка
крыжовенного варенья; плитка горького шоколада; баночка цветочного меда; коктейль из можжевеловой
настойки и мартини.
Б) Передай мне соль, пожалуйста. Накрывать на стол к обеду. Сидеть за столом. Натри сыр на терке для
вермишели. Давай возьмем винегрет на закуску. В меню ничего нет по моему вкусу. Что будешь брать на
первое – уху или борщ? Мы можем взять или яблочный пирог или слоеные пирожки с ананасом на
десерт. Что будем пить? – Бокал красного сухого вина и все. Давай съедим по порции ванильного
мороженого. Я предпочитаю абрикосы апельсинам. Какой сорт чая ты предпочитаешь? Положи салфетку
около каждой тарелки. Подай кофе в кабинет. Разрезать пополам. Вкусно приготовленный обед. Ржаные
сухарики с перцем и солью к пиву.

XIII. What do we call places where people go to eat? Match the words with their definitions.
1. snack bar A. Originally in British public house licensed to serve beer and other alcoholic beverages. Some
light snacks like pies and sandwiches are served.
2. cafe/ B. A counter where food and drink may be bought and eaten (f.e. in an airport, or on a train,
cafeteria bus station)
3. pizzeria C. Small place to have a bite or a snack. The choice is limited – sandwiches, cakes, coffee and
tea.
4. refectory D. A place where people come fairly late and stay until the small hours. Always with dancing
and food is sometimes available.
5. buffet E. A place where students or workers have their lunch, usually connected with school, office or
factory.
6. night club F. A nice place where meals are served to customers by waiters. In the evening there is music
or singers performed.
7. canteen G. A modest restaurant where customers collect their food on trays at counters and carry it to
tables. Choice of dishes is based on convenience and speed.
8. pub H. A restaurant specialising in pizzas, and other Italian-type food.
9. restaurant I. A university cafe.
originally - первоначально fairly - довольно customer - покупатель
licensed – лицензированный until small hours – до раннего утра modest - скромный
counter - прилавок is available - доступна is based on – основан не
choice - выбор to connect - соединять specialising – специализиру-ющийся
limited - ограниченный

XVI. What types of restaurant would you recommend to the following people?
1. A young couple who wants food and some entertainment (развлечений) late at night.
2. A man who wants a meal in a place where he can meet some local people (местные жители).
3. Someone wanting a quick, cheap meal.
4. Someone at a bus station, in an airport.
5. Someone who wants non-English food.
6. A student staying at the institute all day.
7. A factory worker at lunch –time.
8. A family who wants to celebrate some special occasion.

XV. What is your speciality? Can you share the recipe with the group?
 24

XVI. Make a list of foodstuff you hate and say why?

XVII. Someone is slimming. What food should he/she choose?

XVIII. Someone wants to gain a weight. What food should he/she choose?

XIX. Let's repeat the verbs. What can we do with different foodstuff?
To bake; to knead; to boil; to bring to boil; to simmer; to stir; to brew coffee; to make tea; to cut; to strain; to dice;
to chop; to mince; to peel; to beat meat; to whisk/to beat; to mix; to grate; rub smth into smth; to roll out; to broil;
to fry; to roast; to braise; to stew; to chill; to keep warm; to warm; to grill.

XX. Tell about one day of your life as a home cook. What did you do and how did you do it? Use the verbs given
above.

XXI. I think, it'll be interesting for you to get to know the way people eat. Make sentences of your own with these
words.
English: to swallow, to crunch, to champ, to hog, to munch, to gobble (up), to nibble at smth, to gnaw, to gulp, to
chew, to devour, to bolt, to bite.
Russian: грызть - 1 откусывать - 1
2 2
пожирать - 1 жевать - 1 глотать - 1
2 2 2
3 3 3

XXII. Answer the questions.

1. When do you have breakfast as a rule? 2. What do you like for breakfast? And what about your family
people? 3. Which do you prefer: black coffee or coffee with milk? 4. Are fond of cocoa? 5. What does your usual
dinner consist of? 6. What do you like for the first course? 7. What kind of soup do you like best? 8. What do you
prefer for the second course? 9. Do you often have fish for dinner? 10. What do you usually have for the starter?
11. What do you like for dessert? 12. When do you usually have supper? 13. What do you like for supper? 14.
Who does the cooking in your family? 15. Can you cook? 16. Do you think you are a good cook? 17. Do you al -
ways eat at home or do you sometimes dine out? 18. When did you last go to a restaurant? 19. Did you like the
service and the cooking? 20. What cuisine do you prefer: Russian, Italian, Chinese, French, English, Greek, Ja-
panese or your mother's?

XXIII. Make as many sentences as possible.

I prefer smth to smth. – Я предпочитаю что-то чему-то.
I tea coffee compote; milk juice kvas Sprite
We mineral water kissel Coca-Cola cranberry water
he / she fresh-made food tinned food
my friend(s) prefer lean beef pork to fat beef horse beef
Mum / Daddy prefers omelette salmon fried eggs tuna
Parents gin cognac Martini beer vodka sherry
my deskmate semi-sweet white wine dry red wine
the teacher oranges apricots peaches tangerines apples pears
my boss strawberries cherries gooseberries blackcurrants
Kissel = starchy jelly – кисель cranberry water – клюквенный морс

XXIV. Read these short dialogues and use them in your speech.
1. - Lena, lay the table for dinner, please. 2. - I'm hungry. Let's have a bite.
- How many people are going to dine? - O.K. Would you like sandwiches with tuna or bacon?
- There is no only Daddy at home, so we are four of - With tuna. Black or white coffee?
us. - White, with one spoon of sugar, please.
- Do we have any salad for a start today? - There must be some sweets. Would you like one or
- Yes, we have a cabbage salad. Put the bowls for it. two.
Don't forget glasses for water. - Yes, thank you. Oh, my favourite ones.
 25

XXV. Translate into English*

1.За завтраком я обычно съедаю бутерброд с сыром и выпиваю чашку крепкого горячего чая с молоком.
2. Я завтракаю в шесть тридцать утра. 3. Мой брат всегда ест яичницу с ветчиной на завтрак. 4. Что ты
ешь в обед на второе? 5. Какой десерт нравится твоей маме? 6. Я никогда не перекусываю между
завтраком, обедом и ужином. 7. Вы хотели бы похудеть? 8. У тебя нет лишнего веса и тебе не надо
садиться на диету. 9. Я терпеть не могу рыбу с картошкой. 10. Мой друг постоянно жует жареный арахис
или соленую воздушную кукурузу. 11. Что такое традиционный английский завтрак? – По-моему, это
стакан сока, кукурузные хлопья с молоком, яичница с ветчиной и чай. 12. Я люблю плотно поесть в обед
– закуску, суп, второе, десерт и выпить чашечку крепкого кофе. 13. Я люблю все мучное. 14. Я знаю, что
от пирожков, пирожных и тортов полнеют, но я ничего не могу поделать с собой. 15. Сейчас многие
увлекаются вегетарианской пищей. 16. Вчера мой муж заказал столик на двоих на воскресенье на вечер.
17. Возьми к жареной свинине цветную капусту. 18. Посмотри, какой обжора вон там за столиком у окна.
19. Русские любят блины, пироги, пельмени, грибы, икру, а из напитков – чай, кисель и квас. 20. Ну, ты и
сладкоежка! Нельзя есть столько шоколада и конфет.

XXVI. Read these texts and translate them.

1. Meals in England
The English are very particular about their meals and strictly keep to their meal times.
Breakfast is from any time until 8 o'clock in the morning, lunch is between 12 and 2 p.m., afternoon tea is be-
tween 4 and 5 p.m. and dinner is between 7 and 9 p.m.
The usual English breakfast is porridge or corn flakes with milk or cream and sugar, bacon and eggs, marma-
lade with buttered toast, rolls, tea or coffee. For a change you can have a boiled egg, cold ham, or perhaps fish.
The Enlish often serve tea with milk. English tea is so strong that pouring it out into a cup together with a little
milk you get a brownish liquid looking like weak coffee with milk.
Most English people put milk in their coffee too – this is known as "white" coffee. Waiters will ask you if you
want your coffee "black or white" rather than "with or without milk".
At lunch time they usually have cold meat and salad or fish often with potatoes or other vegetables, fish and
chips, sausage and a sweet dish (an apple pie, a hot milk pudding, cold fruit salad, or ice-cream).
Those who work have their lunch in a cafe or a restaurant, cafeteria or a factory canteen. It never happens that
they miss a meal or put it off until a more convenient time.
From four to five they have a very light meal called afternoon tea. You can hardly call it a meal. It's rather an
occasion in the late afternoon at which they have a cup of tea and a cake or a biscuit.
Some people have so called "high tea". It's a meal taken between five and six if a dinner is not taken in the
evening. Usually it's more substantial meal than afternoon tea.
Dinner is much like lunch and in many families the last meal of the day. But sometimes when they have
guests, dinner is the biggest meal and they may have some roast beef, roast chicken, boiled or roast potatoes,
vegetables and fruits. Soup is a side dish.
Almost every meal finishes with coffee, cheese and butter.

2. Meals in the USA

Americans usually have three meals a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. All these three meals are served al-
most at the same time as in Britain. Usual breakfast in the United States is orange juice, toast and coffee, or juice
and dry cereal with milk, or eggs.
Lunch is usually a small meal – a sandwich, salad or soup, hamburgers and sausages.
Brunch in America is a combination of breakfast and lunch that many Americans enjoy on Sunday. It is usually
served about eleven in the morning. Scrambled eggs or omelets are often served along with other regular lun-
cheon dishes. In many restaurants brunch is served around 10 a.m. until afternoon.
Dinner usually includes a main course of meat or fish accompanied by side dishes such as soup, salad and
vegetables.
There are two main types of restaurants in the USA – fast-food and full-service restaurants. A fast-food restau-
rant is much like a cafeteria. Items such as hamburgers, hot chicken sandwiches, pizza, and salads are typical of
a fast-food restaurant. Eating in a fast-food restaurant takes less time and is less expensive then in a full-service
restaurant.
 26

XXVII. Translate these words and word combinations:

Meal; meal time; breakfast; lunch; afternoon tea; high tea; dinner; cream; corn flakes; sugar; bacon; egg; boiled
egg; marmalade; buttered toast; roll; cold ham; brownish liquid; serve (soup etc); meat; fish; potatoes; pudding;
sweet dish; cheese; factory canteen; biscuit; sandwich; substantial meal; roast beef; vegetables.

XXVIII. Translate into English the following:

Завтрак; обед; ужин; еда; плотная еда; овсяная каша; сливки; копченая грудинка (бекон); кукурузные
хлопья; джем; булочка; чай; кофе; мясо; рыбы; печенье; пудинг; сладкое блюдо; сыр; овощи; фрукты;
жареная говядина (ростбиф); картофель.

XXIX. Answer the following questions.

1.Do the English keep to their meal times? 2. How many meals a day do the English usually have? 3. What are
those meals? 4. What is the usual English breakfast? 5. At what time do the English have lunch? 6. What do they
usually have for lunch? 7. Where do those who work have their lunch? 8. What is the difference between "after-
noon tea" and "high tea"? 9. At what time do the English have dinner? 10. What do they usually have for dinner?
11. What is brunch in the USA? 12. What do you know about a fast-food restaurant?

XXX. Translate these texts in English.

Eating out
Сейчас остаться в городе голодным довольно трудно. Всегда можно найти место, где поесть.
Нужно только скоординировать свои возможности и желания. В городе множество ресторанов, кафе,
столовых, ресторанов быстрой еды, баров и пиццерий. Многие рестораны и кафе специализируются на
национальной кухне какой-нибудь страны.
В прошлое воскресенье наша компания решила отметить помолвку Лены и Саши. Мы долго
обсуждали, куда нам лучше пойти, так как у всех вкусы разные. Кто-то обожает японские суши, другие
жить не могут без украинского сала, третьим нужны только булочки, тортики и пирожные. Правда, все
любят пиво. Поэтому, в конце концов, решили пойти к “Швейку”. Это милый ресторан с чешской кухней и
знаменитым чешским пивом. Расположен он тоже очень удачно в центре города.
Так как мы заказали столик заранее, при входе нас встретил метрдотель и проводил к нему.
Столик был в углу между двух окон. Он был красиво сервирован и покрыт салатового цвета льняной
скатертью. Вскоре подошел официант и дал нам меню и карту вин. Он посоветовал нам взять овощной
салат по-чешски с грибами для начала и добавил, что сегодня очень хороша форель и курица по-
моравски. Любители рыбы составляют большинство в нашей компании, поэтому мы все заказали
форель с жареным картофелем. От вины мы отказались, хотя повод был выпить шампанского, но
решили, что темное “Кружеевице” нас всех вполне устроит. Вскоре нам подали наш салат и по кружке
темного пива. Салат выглядел очень живописно: красный и желтый перец, зеленые литья салата,
сочные дольки помидоров, веточки укропа и петрушки, и между ними темные шапочки поджаренных
грибов, все это было заправлено майонезом. Как оказалось, все это было также и вкусно.
Где-то минут через сорок нам принесли форель. Порции были просто огромные, чисто по-чешски.
Рыбка была запечена до золотистой корочки и лежала на блюде в окружении жареной картошки с
луком. Даже наши капризные барышни, вечно сидящие на диете, начали лихо орудовать вилками и
ножами. Под вторую кружечку пива форель стремительно исчезла.
Мы подумали, что на десерт у нас не осталось ни сил, ни место, но за соседним столиком
заказали кофе, и его аромат нас свел почти с ума. Совершенно естественно, что мы тоже заказали кофе
с восхитительными слоеными пирожными с фруктами, опять же по совету нашего официанта.
Хорошая еда всегда способствует хорошей беседе, и мы болтали, смеялись и шутили не
переставая, не забывая виновников нашего похода в ресторан.
Через три часа мы покинули ресторан. Мы попросили счет выписать на каждого, поэтому каждый
оплачивал свою еду, но чаевые официанту оставила помолвленная пара.
Мы были очень довольны и едой, и обслуживанием, и решили, что будем ходить в этот ресторан в
будущем как можно чаще.

Sunday (Holiday) Dinner

Обычно мы празднуем Новый Год дома в семье, поэтому всегда возникает проблема, что
приготовить. Я всегда привлекаю к решению этой проблемы всех домашних, так как все любят разное.
Меню на новогодний ужин составляем заранее, недели за две. Надо купить продукты и кое-что сделать
 27

заранее. Надо посмотреть, какая посуда будет на столе, и какой скатертью лучше покрыть стол. Кое-
какие соленья и маринады были сделаны осенью.
В этот раз решили, что на столе должны быть соленые грибы, маринованная капуста по рецепту
моей прабабушки, отварной язык под соусом и копченая скумбрия на закуску. Капуста и грибы были
сделаны осенью, их надо было только выложить на блюдо. А вот язык, соус к нему надо было
приготовить за день, охладить и поставить в холодильник. Со скумбрией тоже возни было немного –
порезать тонкими ломтиками и поставить в овальном блюде на стол. В последний момент решили
сделать селедку под шубой. Его довольно долго делать, но он ужасно вкусный. Он состоит из мелко
порезанной бескостной соленой селедки покрытой сверху тертыми вареными овощами – картофелем,
морковью, свеклой и мелко порезанным свежим луком. Каждый слой заливается майонезом.
На новогодний ужин мы никогда не делаем суп, только основное блюдо, каждый год разное. В этот
раз мы решили подать на стол пельмени с тройным мясом с бульоном и тушеное филе кролика с
грибами и сыром, запеченным поверх него.
На десерт бабушка испекла свой фирменный торт “Прага” и пирог с рыбой. К чаю торт очень
подошел.
У нас существует интересная традиция подачи блюд на стол. Когда все собрались за столом, там
была только посуда и столовые приборы. Скатерть была белоснежного льняного полотна с вышивкой в
тон, мягко сияли тарелки и другие столовые приборы, ножи и вилки празднично блестели, и рюмки и
бокалы под вино и морс сверкали около каждого прибора. Около каждого прибора лежала еловая
веточка на карточке с именем того, кто должен сидеть за этим местом. И вот, когда все сели, начали
вносить все кушанья и напитки. Почти каждую новую тарелку встречали радостными криками.
Мы сели за стол в 11 часов вечера. Когда часы начали бить двенадцать, мы подняли свои бокалы
с шампанским, поздравили друг друга с Новым Годом и пожелали быть здоровыми и богатыми,
счастливыми и добрыми, и больше всего ценить семью.
Празднество длилось долго. Мы вставали из-за стола, выходили на улицу прогуляться, потом
вернулись, чтобы выпить по чашке чая с тортом и съесть по паре конфет и фрукты – бананы, апельсины,
яблоки, и самый новогодний фрукт, мандарины.
Все хвалили поваров, и было очень довольны столом. Конечно, едой дело не ограничилось, мы
обсудили все проблемы и события происшедшие в семье и в стране, рассказали множество анекдотов,
перепели все песни, которые мы знали и танцевали до упаду.

XXXI. Food Idioms and proverbs.

Neither fish nor flesh. – Ни рыба, ни мясо. As brown as a berry – загорелый дочерна человек.
A skeleton in a cupboard. – Семейный секрет. As clear as a crystal – кристально-чистый.
All sugar and honey. – "Сахар Медович" As cool as a cucumber – невозмутимый человек.
A storm in a tea cup. – Буря в стакане воды. As cold as fish – черствый, бесчувственный человек.
Packed like sardines. – Как сельди в бочке. As fat as a pig – жирный, как боров.
As sure as eggs is eggs – верно как дважды два As hungry as a hunter – голодный как волк.
четыре. Cheese and chalk – ничего общего.
As slippery as an eel – скользкий как угорь. The cream of society – сливки общества.
An apple of discord – яблоко раздора. Daily bread – хлеб насущный.
Fish for the compliments – напрашиваться на Drink like fish – пить как бочка.
комплименты. A flying saucer – летающая тарелка.
Fish for information – выуживать информацию. Full cup – полная чаша.
Forbidden fruit – запретный плод.
Man does not live by bread alone. – Не хлебом единым жив человек.
Too many cooks spoil the broth. – У семи нянек дитя без глазу.
To be born with a silver spoon in one's mouth. – Родиться с серебряной ложкой во рту.
A hard nut to crack. – Орешек не по зубам.
To have one's finger in a pie. – Быть замешанным во что-либо. Приложить руку к чему-либо.
Appetite comes with eating. – Аппетит приходит во время еды.
As the tree, so the fruit. – Яблоко от яблони недалеко падает.
No sweet without some sweat. – Без труда не вытащишь рыбку из пруда.
A black plum is as sweet as white. – Одного поля ягоды. Два сапога пара.
Bread always falls but on its buttered side. – По закону подлости.
Don't put all your eggs in one basket. – Не стоит рисковать всем, что имеешь. Не ставь все на одну карту.
28
 29

TOPIC "STUDENT'S DAY", "DAILY ROUTINE"

I. A dialogue*
Ann - Olga, stop. Glad to see you. Where are you running?
Olga - Oh. Hi, Anny. I'm in a great hurry. I must take my son from school and go to a music school with him.
And it's already 12. I think the lessons are over.
Ann - I go to school too. My friend works there. The fifth lesson ends at 12.15. We have time to chat a
little. How are you?
Olga - I'm always busy – work at the office, work at home. There is not a minute of peace. I have not time
for myself. And what about you? You look fine.
Ann - The same story – work, work, and again work. But I find the time for myself, not much, but still. There
is a certain time for everything. It was a bit difficult at the beginning.
Olga - Oh, it's so boring to live by clock. No, I do things when I like. If I don't want to wash linen, I don't do it.
And to that, I'm an owl. I go to bed late and get up at the last moment.
Ann - It's awful. Well, I can't say I'm an early-riser. But I prefer to get up at 6 and occupy the bathroom for
half an hour and then make breakfast and have my coffee without any haste. When my dearest
people come into the kitchen the breakfast is on the table and I go to get ready for work. But all
clothes I prepare in the evening. And we all leave the house at half past seven. Alex goes to his office,
taking twins to the kindergarten. And I go to the hospital.
Olga - And how do you do all other work about thу house? There is sometimes a great mess in our flat.
Ann - Sometimes we have the same. Of course, children can leave their toys everywhere. But I make them
put all dolls and bears into the boxes. Every day I sweep the floors, but a big cleaning we do together
on Friday after work.
Olga - And washing clothes and linen, and shopping? It takes me a lot of time. I have to do everything my -
self.
Ann - Oh, no. My husband thinks I am too silly to use a washing machine, a vacuum cleaner, and all elec-
trical appliances at home correctly. And I let him play with them. He is a little bossy sometimes.
Washing day is Monday; I iron the linen on Tuesday, and so on.
Olga - Cool! And does he really do the work about the house? I can't make my man do any work.
Ann - We all like good words. Say something gentle to him after work.
Olga - And when do you go shopping? Every day?
Ann - Why? Not at all. I ask my people what they want to eat and plan my shopping list for the whole week.
On Saturday the twins are at granny's and we go by car to "Yekaterininsky" and buy everything for a
week. Of course, I go shopping on weekdays but not very often.
Olga - How clever you are! Now I understand why you look great.
Ann - I am clever now. But several years ago I was very silly. I knew practically nothing about the work
about the house. This is my mother-in-law who taught me everything when we got married. Thanks a
lot to her. And here is our school. Ah, I see my friend.
Olga - And there is my sonny over there. Anny, thank you for the story. I think I must do the same. Bye.
Ann - Bye. And ring me up when you want. Our number is three – seven - one - double five – two - nine.
Good luck.
not the faintest idea = to have the foggiest idea It is smbd who does/did it – именно тот-то сделал это

II. Answer the questions.

1. Who is more organized: Ann or Olga? 2. Can you say that you are an organized person? 3. Do you get ready
for work in a hurry or not? 4. When do you get up? 5. Do you have time to take shower and to have breakfast? 6.
What else do you have time for in the morning?

III. Translate into English. Make your own sentences with these expressions.
Сильно спешить; забрать сына из школы; музыкальная школа; немного поболтать; ни минуты покоя;
выглядеть великолепно; стирать белье; ранняя пташка; вставать в последний момент; собираться на
работу; жуткий беспорядок; электроприборы; любить поруководить; гладить белье; список покупок;
практически ничего не знать; именно моя свекровь научила меня; вон там.

IV. Find the synonyms for the following words and word combinations.
To chat, to have not a minute of peace, boring, my dearest people, to leave the house, a mess, silly, to be bossy,
to ring up.
 30

V. Read the texts and retell them.

1. "A Quiet Evening"*
I went home slowly. I was dog-tired. The day was very difficult. And I went dreaming about a quiet evening
at home. I imagined myself, lying on the sofa with my favourite book "Three men in a boat", or watching some-
thing on TV (by the way, what's on tonight?), or sitting in the kitchen after a very good supper with a glass of my
beer and spoiling my own health with smoking a cigarette. My dreams did not come true. When I entered the flat
I heard a command: "Well, Nick, take the money and go and buy some sausage and milk". No "How are you?"
or "Was the day good?" from my Mum. Sometimes I began to think she had to become a general but not a chil -
dren's doctor. She commanded us, my dad, my two elder brothers and me, a young 'handsome' man of twenty-
two, with great pleasure. I brought her milk and sausage and added waffles to that. We, the men of the family,
have a great sweet tooth. Then there was another order – to wash up after supper (and after a very good sup-
per, I should say). And I thought it was better than to vacuum carpets (the work of my eldest brother) and repair-
ing a tap in the bathroom (the work of my elder brother). I finished my washing in twenty minutes and was ready
to relax as I got another order – to translate a small article on medicine. It was awful. I can't stand medicine and
everything around it. And I had to translate something about children's troubles. But luckily it was easy. In an
hour I did it. But when Mum wanted us to hang a new picture on the wall I quickly said I had a lot to do for my
classes. And I had to sit at my table and did those damned reports for classes. But finishing them I thought it
was a good idea to do them that evening. There was a golden football match on TV the next day and I could
watch it. But when I had a look at the clock on the wall I was upset – it was too late to read – almost one o'clock
after the midnight. So I took a quick shower and went to bed. Of course, I slept like a log after such a busy day
and evening.
2. The worst day in my life*
I think, today is the worst day in my life. Everything is going wrong since the early morning! When I open
my eyes at seven I see that my fluffy white cat is lying on my dress. I was going to put it on for work. When I
leave my house I see my bus is turning round the corner. Of course, I am late. My boss is crying upon me when I
come into the office and about irresponsible youth on the whole that don't want to work properly. So, as a result I
can't find the papers I want to work with. I am searching for them while he is waiting standing near my table. At
last I see the papers in the upper box of the table. The moment I am giving them to the boss he is turning and
leaving the room. The telephone is ringing. He is speaking over the telephone and looking through the papers. I
think it's OK because my boss is smiling. At this moment he is showing me one document. There is no signa-
ture. I run to the engineer to get his signature. And I have been running around the office doing a lot of things all
the morning. At one o'clock I am going to the cafe for lunch and again – bad luck! – my friend takes the last dish
with chicken from the counter… There is only fish, which I can't stand. But I am hungry. When the working day is
coming up to the end my tooth is starting to ache. It's getting worse and worse. At five I leave the office not say-
ing good-bye – I simply can't speak – and run to the dentist. I am not going to describe what is going on at the
dentist's – I think, everybody knows. When I get home I can hardly move my feet. At home there is the other
trouble. My 'dear' sonny gives me his copybook with a bad mark.
Now, I am lying on my sofa and there is the only thought – let me in peace!

VI. Find the translation of the following words and word combinations in the texts.
Устать, как собака; что идет по ТВ сегодня вечером; мои мечты не исполнились; сходи и купи колбасы и
молока; молодой, красивый мужчина 22 лет; быть большой сластеной; вымыть посуду; пропылесосить
ковры; починить кран в ванной; через час; много домашних заданий; принять душ; спать, как убитый; все
пошло не так с самого утра; пушистая белая кошка; мой автобус заворачивает за угол; безответственная
молодежь; искать бумаги; подпись; в этот момент; вот досада; терпеть не могу; мой зуб начинает болеть;
становится все хуже и хуже; я едва могу передвигать ноги; оставьте меня в покое.

VII. Retell this text on behalf of a) Nicole; b) her friend.

Nicole's day*
I get up at six o'clock. Usually I do my morning exercises. Sometimes I jog in the yard when it is warm. But
my sister Lisa dances to music in the morning to awaken. After that I go to the bathroom and take a shower and
comb my hair. Then I come back to my bedroom and dress. I put on my favourite jeans, socks, a blouse and a
jumper. My sister gets ready for school. Usually she wears a black blazer and trousers or a skirt with a blouse of
some light colour. Every morning Mum makes our breakfast. She makes tea for Daddy and herself, brews coffee
for Lisa and me and makes sandwiches for the family. The coffee is hot and strong. I like it black and Lisa
prefers (предпочитает) white. After breakfast I put my papers into my case, put on my coat and hat, say good-
bye to Mum, Daddy and Lisa and leave the house for work at seven. I work far from my home and get to work by
 31

bus. Mum does not work; she keeps the house. Daddy and Lisa go out later. Daddy's office and Lisa's school
are not far from our house. So they leave the house at half past seven.
I am a manager, so every day I have a lot of work to do. I meet with different people, write letters to the
firms, make reports for my boss and do many other things. At one o'clock I have lunch. For lunch I go to one
cafe near the office. Usually I have lunch with my colleagues. At two the work begins again. I work five days a
week from Monday to Friday. Every day I come to work by eight and finish at five.
After work I go to the Institute four times a week. I am a part-time student. I study English and Manage-
ment. I want to become a specialist in management. So I get home only at ten. I have supper, talk with my par-
ents and Lisa. Sometimes I watch TV in the evening, if there is something interesting on – some gossip about fa-
mous people, a horror or action film or a melodrama. But usually I do my homework and help Lisa with her
lessons. I'm sorry I practically don't help about the house. I simply have no time. But at weekends I vacuum the
carpets and go shopping with Mum or Lisa to carry heavy bags.
At twelve I go to bed. I'm dog-tired and fall down onto my sofa and sleep all night like a log.

VIII. Read this text and answer the questions.

An awful day of Nancy Lee*
Everything was awful since the very morning. The alarm clock did not ring and I did not get up in time. When
I had a look at the clock hanging on the wall opposite my bed I was in horror. It was almost eight and I had to be
at work at half past eight. I ran around my flat like a March hare. In a moment I took a shower and dressed. I put
on my favourite jeans and an old black sweater instead of my navy-coloured suit with a snow-white blouse and a
striped red-and-white tie. It was a mistake. My boss preferred us to be beautiful like top-models. It was a great
luck that my hair was clean. I quickly did my hair into a ban. Of course, there was no time to have any breakfast.
I put on my fur coat and hat and high boots. When I got out of my house it was 07.20. It took me about ten
minutes to get to work on foot. But yesterday it was snowing and very slippery. So, I got to my office only at
08.40. My boss was angry, because he wanted some papers from me to work with. I looked for them for several
minutes and at last gave them to him. Then I had to type some letters, phone his business partners, bring a cup
of coffee and sandwiches and do a lot of other stupid things. I had no time to snack till eleven when my boss
went to the meeting of all managers of the firm. So I drank two cups of strong tea and ate several sandwiches
without any haste. I even had some time to chat with other secretaries. But at 12.30. my boss came back and I
started my running again. By five I was dog-tired. When I left the office I did not remember I had to buy food. And
only at home when I saw my empty fridge I understood – no supper for me, for my husband and my cat. I
sighed, again put on the coat and the hat, and dragged myself to the nearest shop. It was the only lucky moment
that day – in half an hour I had a bag full of foodstuff. At home I ran to the kitchen and started cooking. By seven,
when my husband came home, everything was ready. Of course, my cat got its fish the first. But my husband did
not like my supper. The fish was not as tasty as his mother's, he wanted not the rice but pasta and to that the
coffee was not strong and hot. We quarrelled after supper. To all those troubles I broke my favourite cup. So, at
last, I sat on the chair in the kitchen and cried for a long time.
You see, life is striped – a lucky period and an unlucky one. And you have to cope with all these small and
large unpleasant moments. With a bright smile. Because other people have a lot of their own troubles. And it's
unfair to add your problems to theirs.
Smile – if you can (but you must) and everything will be OK.
And really, this morning, with a smile, is quite the other thing.

IX. Answer the questions.

1. Why didn't Nancy get up in time? 2. Why was she in horror? 3. What did she have time for? 4. Was there any
time to have breakfast? 5. What was wrong with her clothes? 6. What was the weather like? 7. Was Nancy late
for work? 8. What did she do in the morning? 9. Did Nancy have time to snack? 10. How did she feel by five
o'clock? 11. What didn't Nancy do after work? 12. What moment was the only lucky one that day? 13. Did
Nancy's husband like her supper or not? 14. Why did Nancy cry? 15. What is the motto (лозунг) of Nancy Lee?
16. Can you agree with her?

X. Translate into English.

C самого утра; будильник; быть в ужасе; носиться по квартире как сумасшедшая; вместо; темно-синий
костюм; белоснежная блузка; галстук в бело-красную полоску; быть красивой как топ-модель; уложить
волосы в узел; напечатать несколько писем; сделать несколько звонков деловым партнерам; не было
времени перекусить; успела поболтать; снова началась моя беготня; устала как собака; потащилась в
ближайший магазин; через полчаса; ко всем этим неприятностям.
 32

XI. Remember the usage of the following prepositions with the verb to make.
To be made of / out of / from; to make with.
To be made of – we use it we are identifying the material used to make something.
f.e. Most things seem to be made of plastic these days.
To be made out of – when we are thinking about the process of manufacture, out of is more often used.
f.e. They made all furniture out of oak. (More natural than … of oak.)
To be made from – when a material is changed into a completely different form to make something, we often use
make from.
f.e. Paper is made from wood. My mother makes wine from blackberries.
To make with – to mention just one of the materials that something is made of, we use make with.
f.e. The soup is good. – Yes, I made it with lots of garlic.

XII. Make five sentences with each expression.

XIII. Make sentences using It's your turn to do smth – твоя очередь делать что-либо.
It's your turn to wash dishes feed the cat buy food
his turn to read the text clean the flat clean the board
her turn to ask questions vacuum the carpets make breakfast
my turn to answer the doorbell cook the dinner sweep the floor
our turn to go shopping walk with your sister make cribs
their turn to walk with the dog write a letter do the exercise
 33

TOPIC 'OUR INSTITUTE'

I. Read this text. Look up all unknown words in the dictionary and learn them. Translate it into Russian.
What do you know about education? *
Education – образование – Primary / elementary education; Children from seven till nine or ten go to a primary
school. Secondary education children get at schools beginning in the fourth or fifth forms ( Am. grade). They
get basic secondary education after finishing the ninth form. Then they can choose the way to get second-
ary education: to stay at school for two years more, to enter any specialized school or college to study aca-
demic subjects plus to get a profession or to go to a vocational school also studying academic subjects and
getting some trade. All three ways give the possibility to get higher education in future. When children study
two years more and pass their final exams at school they get their certificates of general secondary educa-
tion. Then they can go up to a university or an institute.
Institute – институт – a pedagogical institute; a geological institute; an agricultural institute; a medical institute.
Usually people study at any institute for five years. We can get higher education at an institute. I am a stu-
dent of the Institute of International Relations.
University – университет – a State University; a humanitarian university; a polytechnic university; My brother is
a student of the Gorky State university. He graduated from the university last year.
College, academy, conservatoire – колледж, академия, консерватория – The merry-go-round of college life is
something that one never forgets. Who is the student of the Law Academy? – My brother is. My friend stud-
ies at the Academy of Fine Arts, she will be a painter. And my cousin studies at the conservatoire, she is go-
ing to become an opera singer. My brother is a cadet of a military college.
Faculty, department – any university usually has several faculties. The faculty of foreign languages has three de-
partments –the English department, the French department and the German department. Our institute has
two faculties – of Linguistics and of International Economic Relations with two departments – Public Rela-
tions and International Economy.
Who reigns? – Кто правит? – The head of any higher establishment is a rector. He or she has a vice-rector. The
head of a faculty is a dean. His assistant is a subdean. The heads of departments organize the work of the
teaching stuff: professors, associate professors, assistant professors, lecturers, assistant lecturer. And senior
lecturers and tutors organize the work of students of the course.
Examinations – exams - экзамены – to enter = to go up to a university / academy / institute / college; entrance
exams; final exams; to take an exam; to pass an exam; an examination session; to give a pass; to graduate
from a university… .
Students – When you pass your entrance exams you are not a student yet, but only an applicant. But when you
can see your name in the list of people enrolled you begin to feel being a student a little. Then at the meeting
of freshmen you get your student membership card, your student record book and your library card. But you
can name yourself a real student only after the first exam session when all tests, passes and exams are in
the past and you have a long-waited vacation. Sometimes there are failures. It happens when you hardly
read up for your exam or cram, or crib. Some students are hard-working while the other ones play truant
having no good excuse.

II. A rector begins from a student. But the way to this position is long. Name the steps to a position of a rector.
Use the following words.
Dean, assistant lecturer, head of department, vice-rector, associate professor, assistant professor, lecturer, sub-
dean, professor.
Student Rector

III. Read these texs. Look up all unknown words in the dictionary and learn them. Translate them into Russian.
Something about student's life*
Where and how students live. – A lot of lucky students live with their parents who take care of them. But there
are other students who come to study from other places. They live in a hall of residence or a hostel. Usually
they share a room with one or two other students. If a full-time student gets on well in all subjects he or she
gets a scholarship. A grant is a kind of a scholarship that is given to a student to fulfill some project. A part-
time student doesn't get any scholarship. In our institute the training is not free, students must pay tuition fee.
Get on well in/at smth – хорошо успевать по какому-то предмету. He gets on well in Computer Science. She
doesn't get on well at any subject, she always plays truant. This student gets on very well in physics; I think
he will be a great scientist in future.
 34

Be good at smth – хорошо уметь делать что-либо. What are you good at? – I think I'm good at singing but not
in English. My cousin is good at cooking. Daddy is good at everything, he is a real Jack of all trades (мастер
на все руки).
Catch up (with) – наверстывать упущенное, догонять. I was ill and missed a lot of classes last month, so I had
to catch up with subject. Don't be a lazy-bone, or you'll have to catch up.
Devote much time to studies – посвящать много времени учебе. My son devotes all his time to studies. If you
want to succeed in something you must devote all your time to the subject chosen by you, work hard, be ea -
ger to go into details and you mustn't be afraid to make mistakes.
Keep in one's head – держать в голове. I can't understand how he can keep a lot of formulas in his head. Wait
a moment, I can't keep everything in my poor head, I'll write it down.

Student's days*
It's a hard work to be a student. So many classes, so many new subjects are in the timetable. And you
should attend them all. Lectures, seminars and tutorials. Home preparations, a lot of homework. If you can't
cope with that work you begin to lag behind at once. You should make notes of the lectures, write tests and
yearly essays, hand in your works. Your teachers check up them and hand out. And at the end of the term you
have a test week when you have to get several passes. There is a session with several exams then. Junior stu-
dents become senior. But it is one family – undergraduates. Students' parties in the students' club. Meeting peo-
ple and parting people. You know, he is going to be expelled, and she is going to graduate with honour. A fresh-
man, a sophomore, a senior student, and you are a graduating student. You write your graduation dissertation,
have finals and at last take your Bachelor degree. And you begin to remember how you cheated at some tests
and exams or prompted to somebody. And there is one thought more – you want to do postgraduate work and
write a thesis, have an oral and take a degree in Philology, for example. But… but I don't want to make my brain
boil any more… for a while.

IV. Match the English idioms in the left column with their Russian equivalents in the right column. Illustrate the
meaning of the English idioms by your own examples.
1. to go into details A. начать с азов
2. to drum smth into smbd's head B. как дважды два – четыре
3. a brain twister C. куриные мозги
4. two and two make four D. синий чулок
5. a stumbling block E. вдаваться в подробности
6. the key word F. головоломка
7. the brain of a pigeon G. легко даваться
8. to come easy H. ключевое слово
9. to start from scratch I. камень преткновения
10. a blue stocking J. вдолбить что-либо в голову

V. Translate into Russian.*

1. What a silly girl! I think she has the brain of a pigeon, she understands nothing in Maths. 2. When we started
our studying of English we began from scratches – letters and sounds. 3. I'm exhausted, every day I have to
drum grammar rules into the heads of those stupid children. 4. My daughter is a bright child, all subjects come
easy to her. 5. I can't stand that Phonetics any more; all those sounds are stumbling blocks in my head. 6. It's a
real brain twister for me to use computer properly. 7. At last I have understood the difference between Past In-
definite and Present Perfect; it's as two and two make four. 8. I don't want to be like she – work - home, home –
work and nothing more. I'd like to use the life to the full (использовать жизнь на всю катушку). 9. I don't want to
go into details, but as the result you won't be expelled from the college. 10. The key words of any well-bred child
are 'please' and 'thank you'.

VI. Translate into English.*

1.Любое учение начинается с азов. 2. Наша учительница по фонетике ничего не знает кроме своей
работы – настоящий синий чулок. 3. Мне всегда в школе легко давалась математика. 4. Не вдавайтесь в
подробности, скажите, что мы имеем на данный момент. 5. Не торопись, начни с азов изучение языка, и
все будет хорошо. 6. Для меня приготовить обед сейчас, как дважды два – четыре. 7. Этот кроссворд
(crossword) – настоящая головоломка. 8. Я никак не могу вдолбить своему сыну в голову, что надо
складывать тетради и книги с вечера. 9. Ключевое слово в этой загадке (riddle) было 'образование'. 10. В
 35

школе для меня камнем преткновения была физкультура, точнее (to be more precisely) – лыжи, которые я
ненавидела от всей души (with all my heart)/

VII. Explain the meaning of the following words in English.

A dissertation, a thesis, postgraduate work, an undergraduate, a hall of residence, yearly essay, a crib, a dean, a
vice-rector, a full-time student, a freshman.

VIII. Express in one word.

1. – a short written work on one particular (частный) subject, made by a student;
2. – a class at college or university, where the teacher and students discuss a particular topic;
3. – a long essay that a student does as a part of a degree at the end of the education;
4. – a person who has a first degree from the university and continue the education writing thesis and doing
research work (научно-исследовательскую работу);
5. – a long piece of written research done for a higher university degree, f.e. Ph.D.;
6. – a block of flats where students live;
7. – a large dining hall in a university;
8. – a head of any higher establishment;
9. – a person who organizes the work of a teaching stuff of a department;
10. – a person who organizes the work of students of a course.

IX. Translate the following proverbs into Russian and comment upon them.
1. A man is never too old to learn.
2. Live and learn.
3. By doing nothing we learn to do ill.
4. Better untaught than ill taught.
5. Brevity is the soul of wit.
6. Dot your i's and cross your t's.
Полузнание хуже незнания. Краткость – сестра таланта. Праздность – мать всех пороков. Поставь точки
над i. Век живи – век учись. Никогда не поздно учиться.

X. Read and translate these stories into Russian. Discuss them.

1. Distractions are a problem Barbara has to deal with when she is supposed to be studying. She spends too
much time on the phone. She intends to concentrate on her homework, but finds herself talking to friends or
writing letters instead of reading up for seminars, taking notes or writing essays. It is hard for her to say,
"No, I can't do this or go there. I have to study." Her homework often suffers because she procrastinates.
When she studies in her room, it is full of distractions. Her phone, radio, tape player and her cat are there.
She finds herself daydreaming, answering the phone, listening to tapes or petting the cat. She is often dis-
turbed by family members. It is easy to see where all her time goes – not to studying. Now she is letting the
answering machine do its job. She puts the cat out before she starts to study. Her homework is now done
before everyone gets home from work.
distraction – отвлечение внимания, то, что отвлекает внимание
to procrastinate – откладывать со дня на день, мешкать

Find the English equivalents for the following.

Решать проблему; тратить время на что-либо; сконцентрироваться на чем-либо; готовиться к
семинару; делать пометки; откладывать со дня на день; мечтать; часто отвлекают; время уходит;
приходить домой с работы.

2. It took a couple of weeks for classes to get settled, and we got down to the nitty-gritty. As homework began
pouring in, and tests loomed on the horizon, I realized that my study skills were very poor and that it was
going to be a challenge in itself to teach myself to study. I experimented with several tactics, trying to find
out what would work for me. I started out in the bedroom with the door closed, but it seemed the phone was
always ringing. I managed to get my work done, but I was not pleased with the frustrating situation. Late I
tried going outside and preparing somewhere in the yard. I ended up chatting with a neighbour, petting her
dog. Clearly, something had to be changed. As my workload increased, so did my frustration. Quite by acci-
dent, however, I found the solution to my problem…
nitty-gritty – 1. реальность, суровые факты; 2. повседневная работа; 3. скучные подробности; 4.
 36

будничный, но жизненно необходимый

to loom – неясно вырисовываться, маячить; принимать преувеличенные, угрожающие размеры
to frustrate – расстраивать, срывать (планы), делать тщетным, бесполезным

Finish the story.

Find the English equivalents for the following.

На это ушла пара недель; прийти в норму; засесть за что-либо; повседневная работа; наваливаться;
маячить; слабые навыки; вызов; экспериментировать с чем-либо; обнаружить; начинать ( разг.);
удаваться; оканчиваться; удручающая ситуация; выходить из дома; болтать; работа накапливалась;
разочарование; совершенно случайно; решение проблемы.

3. Most of the people who have trouble with schoolwork don't lack intelligence – instead. Rather, they are
trapped by their own attitudes towards the work. One attitude that gets in many students' way is the "I can't
do it" syndrome. Instead of making an honest effort to do the work, the "I can't do it" type give up before
they begin. Then there is the "I'm too tired" excuse. Students with this problem give in the temptation to nap
whenever there is work to be done. Another common excuse for low achievement is "the instructor is bor-
ing". These students expect every course to be highly entertaining and claim they can't be expected to learn
anything otherwise.
temptation – соблазн, искушение
to claim – претендовать; заявлять; предъявлять претензию; требовать; утверждать; заявлять

Answer the following questions on the text.

1. What do you think of these types?
2. What type are you? Why? What would you say about your attitude toward studies?
3. Can you think of some more types?
4. What are the common excuses for low achievements in our institutes?
5. Can you imagine an exemplary student? Speak about exemplary students and ordinary ones.

XI. Answer the following questions.*

1. What year are you in at this institute?
2. What department are you in?
3. When did you first start thinking of entering this institute?
4. Do you get your first higher education or the second one?
5. Why have you decided to enter here?
6. Are you a full-time or part-time student?
7. When do you have classes?
8. How often do you attend classes?
9. How often do you miss classes?
10. Have you always got a good excuse when missing classes?
11. Are the classes and lectures at your department compulsory or optional?
12. What subjects are you doing in the first year?
13. What are your favourite subjects?
14. Do you always make notes of the lectures? What does it depend on?
15. How often do you have to write tests in English? Do often get good marks for them?
16. When do students take their examinations during the academic year?
17. Do you often use cribs?
18. Do you prompt at the lessons or at your exams to other students?
19. Are you doing well in English?
20. Do you find it interesting to study foreign languages?
21. What other foreign language would you like to start learning and why?
22. What do you usually do after classes?
23. How much time does it take you to get ready for your classes?
24. Do you often sit up late doing your home assignments?
25. Is it difficult to combine your work and study in the institute?
XII. Work in pairs. Make phrases according to the model. Give answers expressing (выражая) your surprise
(удивление), annoyance (досаду, раздражение), disagreement (несогласие).
 37

Model: - Why don't you crib? – Should I?

Work in the library; read through your meals; do your homework; go out; takes notes in different-coloured
ball-point pens; feed and clothe yourself; fall in love; find a flat for yourself; win the first prize in skating competi-
tion; send a cassette with your singing to "Star factory" on TV; draw a picture; jump with a parachute; go with
your boy-friend / girl-friend to United Arab Emirates; take a homeless mongrel ['mʌŋgrəl] (беспородный) dog
home; repair your flat; become a model in fashion business.
Possible responses: So what? What's the use of …ing? You must be joking!
Why should I? Don't you think it's silly? You can't be serious!
You don't say so!

XIII. Act out the following mini-dialogues, changing the words in italics (курсивом) taking the other ones from
the list.
1. -Where do you study? (does he study; does she study; do they study)
-I study at the Herzen State Pedagogical University, St. Petersburg. (the Institute of Foreign Languages; the
philological faculty; the Medical Academy; the faculty of economics)

2. –What's your favourite subject?

-I like English most of all. (Linguistics (языкознание); Latin; Maths; Stylistics of the Russian language; Com-
puter Science; Intercultural Communications; Public Relations; History of Culture and Arts; World Econom-
ics)

3. – What subject do you take for the first year? (the second year; the third year, the fourth year)
- If we speak about the first / second term it is English and Maths. (Computer programming; Phonetics; Prac-
tical Grammar; History of Russia; Basics of Profession; Ancient Languages; Marketing; Business English;
Insurance Operations; Finance)

4. – What is Olga good at? (clever, smart, bright, poor)

- She is good at writing essays. (translating from Russian into English; spelling; memorising foreign words;
doing grammar exercises; giving talks; giving literary translations from English into Russian)

5. – Can you help me with grammar? (Pronunciation; the text; the exercise; the translation; spelling)
- Certainly. (Of course, I can. Sure. No doubt I can. You are welcome.)

6. – Why didn't you attend the previous lesson in English? (lecture on Literature; lecture on History; lecture on
Stylistics; seminar on economics; seminar on Literary Editing; lesson in Maths)
- The thing is that I was not well. (was late for it; didn't know about it; had problems at home)

7. – What mark did you get for your composition? (translation; test; examination; yearly essay)
- I was given an excellent mark. / I failed. (a good mark; a satisfactory mark; a bad mark)

8. – Where can I find the Dean? (the English teacher; the tutor; the lecturer; the head of the department; the
vice-rector; the rector; the secretary of the rector; the librarian)
- He / She is probably in the Dean's office. ( the stuff room; the lecture room; the reception room; the library)

9. – What are you going to do tomorrow morning? (in the afternoon; tonight; on Sunday)
- I think I'll be reading up for the exam. (writing an essay; reading up for the seminar; revising for the test; pre-
paring for my class)

XIV. Translate into English.*

1. Я уже выучил все вопросы к экзамену (examination questions). 2. Мы только что прослушали урок по
фонетике в лаборатории (laboratory). 3. Студенты еще не написали свое последнее сочинение в этом
семестре. 4. Мои родители оплатили мое обучение за этот год. 5. Моя подруга наверстала упущенное по
экономике. 6. Семинар по древним языкам уже закончился. 7. Какую оценку он получил за маркетинг? 8.
Он еще не окончила университет. 9. Я сделала все записи лекций разноцветными ручками. 10. Студенты
первого курса еще не сдали зачет по МКК. 11. Где ты был все это время? 12. Я никогда не ездил ( ride) на
лошади. 13. Он все списал. 14. Студенты уже перевели эти предложения. 15. Мы еще не нашли нужные
для семинара книги.
 38

XV. Say in English as quickly as possible.*

Студенческий билет, долгожданные каникулы, окончить институт, поступить в университет, зачетка,
доцент, синий чулок, преподавательский состав, сдавать экзамен, проректор, читательский билет, наспех
зубрить, сдать экзамен, готовиться к экзамену, окончить с отличием институт, ректор, читательский
билет, дипломная работа, вдаваться в подробности, курсовая работа, прогуливать занятия, усердно
работать, куриные мозги, едва учиться, завалить экзамен, жить в общежитии, головоломка, стипендия,
зав. кафедрой, педагогический институт, предметы в расписании, первый семестр, первокурсник,
орфография, запоминать / заучивать слова, древние языки, второкурсник, произношение, библиотекарь,
ключевое слово, деканат, повторять материал к контрольной, финансы, деловой английский, маркетинг,
информатика, легко даваться, высшее образование, аттестат об общем среднем образовании,
государственный университет, выпускные экзамены, военное училище, факультет, вдолбить что-либо в
голову, связи с общественностью, куратор, академия изящных искусств, старший преподаватель,
посещать, справиться с ч.-л., проверять, подсказывать, отставать, зачетная неделя, начать с азов,
старшекурсник, головоломка, университетская столовая.

XVI. Translate into English and use these sentences in your story.*
1. Я студент института международных связей.
2. Я собираюсь стать специалистом в связях с общественностью.
3. Я хочу быть переводчиком.
4. Мне хотелось бы стать менеджером и специалистом в мировой экономике.
5. Я студент не дневного отделения, а вечернего.
6. Я учусь на вечернем отделении, потому что у меня интересная работа, и мне нравиться жить
независимо, кормить и одевать себя самому.
7. Так как наш институт негосударственный, нам приходится платить за обучение.
8. Я поступил в институт прошлой осенью.
9. Я успешно сдал русский язык и математику.
10.Так как в школе я учил немецкий/французский, в институте я попал в группу начинающих.
11. Мы начали изучение английского языка с азов.
12. Я окончу институт в три года, так как у меня есть уже одно высшее образование.
13. Я буду учиться в институте шесть лет, так как я поступила сюда после колледжа/школы.
14. Учиться в нашем институте интересно.
15. У нас много лекций и практических занятий.
16. Но нам бы хотелось проводить больше семинаров по некоторым трудным предметам.
17. Мне легко даются языки / мне трудно даются языки.
18. Мне приходиться работать очень усердно, чтобы не отстать от группы.
19. Мы учимся правильно произносить слова, делаем разные грамматические упражнения, пытаемся
говорить на английском языке, переводить на английский с русского и наоборот (vice versa).
20. Мы также изучаем информатику, стилистику русского языка, историю Отечества, культурологию,
деловой английский, психологию и педагогику, МКК.
21. У нас много предметов по специальности.
22. Будущие экономисты изучают экономический анализ, современное естествознание (Modern Natural
Study), экономика предприятий, менеджмент, мировая экономика, страхование, экономические
связи региона, оргповедение и многое другое.
23. Специалистам по связям с общественностью надо знать журналистику, выборные технологии (elec-
tion techniques), организацию и проведение PR-мероприятий, политологию, философию,
социологию, стилистику русского языка и литературное редактирование, религиоведение.
24. У лингвистов много своих предметов специализации – латынь, история английского языка,
практическая и теоретическая фонетика, практическая и теоретическая грамматика, теория и
практика перевода, англо-американская литература, страноведение и другие.
25. И все эти предметы надо выучить, а не зубрить наспех.
26. Правда, иногда, мы все-таки пользуемся шпаргалками.
27. Этой зимой у нас была первая сессия в этом институте – два-три устных экзамена.
28. Но на зачетной неделе мы должны были получить несколько зачетов и написать несколько
контрольных.
29. А после этой сессии у нас были долгожданные каникулы.
 39

30. После летней сессии мы получим свободу на два месяца, за которые надо умудриться не растерять
знания, полученные на первом курсе.
31. Через несколько лет, когда мы напишем несколько курсовых, прочитаем гору книг, получим
множество зачетов, сдадим кучу экзаменов, прогуляем немало лекций и семинаров, мы подойдем к
выпускным экзаменам и защите дипломной работы.
32. И, наконец, настанет день, когда мы получим наши дипломы. Ура!
33. Но пока мы должны много и упорно работать, чтобы достичь этой цели.
34. Наши преподаватели помогают нам в этом.
35. Они хорошие люди и специалисты высокой квалификации.
36. Почти все из них обладают хорошим чувством юмора, тогда занятия пролетают в мгновенье ока, хотя
есть и несколько зануд.
37. Мне нравится учиться здесь, и я надеюсь получить знания необходимые для моей будущей работы.
 40

TOPIC 'SEASONS AND WEATHER'

I. Learn the proverbs.
One swallow does not make a summer. – Одна ласточка весны не делает.
Every cloud has a silver lining. – Нет худа без добра.
As you sow, you shall mow. – Что посеешь, то и пожнешь.
It never rains but it pours. – Дождь не просто идет, а ливнем льет. Пришла беда – отворяй ворота.
Rain before seven, fine before eleven. – После дождичка будет солнышко. Серенькое утро – красненький
денек.

II. Remember three forms of the following verbs.

blow – blew – blown burst – burst –burst (взорваться) shine – shone – shone
fall – fell – fallen shoot (out) shot – shot (прорасти) grow – grew – grown
awake – awoke – awaken sow – sowed –sowed/sown (сеять) begin – began – begun
get – got – got burn – burnt – burnt (гореть) lie –lay – lain (лежать)
break – broke – broken cling – clung – clung (цепляться, льнуть) set – set –set
dig – dug – dug (копать) stick – stuck – stuck (приклеить, уколоть) fly – flew – flown
light – lit – lit (осветить) sting – stung – stung (ужалить) freeze – froze – frozen

III. New words.

Weather – погода. – The naughtiest thing in the world is the weather. It's like a woman who always does the op-
posite to what you ask her. The weather can be hot, warm, cool or cold. What fine / nice / awful weather!
The weather keeps nice (стоит хорошая погода). Will the weather keep? I think the weather is favourable
(благоприятна) for a picnic. What do you think of the weather? – The weather is turning bad (портится).
Nice weather we are having today! What is the weather like today? – Oh, the weather is beastly
(мерзкая) / nasty (ненастная) / stuffy (душная).
Climate – климат. The climate in the Urals is continental. There is the arctic and subarctic climate in the Far
North. But in Sochi the climate is subtropical. English people say they have no climate but the weather
only. But we can say their climate is mild (мягкий).
Cardinal points – north, west, east, south. East or west home is best. The window of my room faces west. We
must go to the north. The weather in the south of our country is always warm. My sister lives in the Far
East, in Vladivostok. North – northern, west – western, south – southern, east – eastern. North – west,
north – east, south – east, south –west.
Seasons – spring, summer, autumn, winter. There are four seasons in a year – spring, summer, autumn, and
winter. Spring months are March, April and May. Summer months are June, July and August. Autumn
months are September, October and November. Winter months are December, January and February.
Parts of the day – morning, noon, afternoon, evening, night, midnight. In the morning, at noon, in the afternoon,
in the evening, at night, at midnight. We sat up reading for our exams till the early hours in the morning (до
первых петухов). Oh, listen, it's already midnight, the clock is striking twelve.
Sun – sunny. The sun goes up / rises in the east and goes down / sets in the west. When the sun rises it is a
sunrise / a dawn / a daybreak. When the sun goes down it is a sunset / sundown. At daybreak / at dawn.
Don't wake her up at daybreak, she is sleeping so sweetly at dawn. We left the house before dawn/day-
break (затемно). It's getting dark when the sun is setting. It's twilight. When it is almost dark it is dusk. We
are happy in summer, we can lie in the sun (загорать). We get suntanned (получаем загар) and some-
times we get sunstroke (солнечный удар). The sparrows bathe in the sunlight (купаться в солнечных
лучах). The sun is shining brightly in the sky. A lovely glade (поляна) is sunlit (освещена солнцем) and
we decide to make a picnic there. The sun shines dimly (тускло) hardly penetrating through the clouds
(едва проникая сквозь облака). Specks of dust danced in the sunbeams (Пылинки танцевали в лучах
солнца). The sun burns merciless/ruthless (жжет немилосердно). Sunbeam = sunray.
Moon – The huge moon hung over the village. Our moonlit garden looked mysterious (таинственно). Is the
moon waning (убывает)? – No, it's waxing [wæks] / increasing / growing.
Sky and clouds – The sky is bright blue and clear. The sky is dull (хмурое) / grey / low / colourless = whitish
(белесое). The sky is heavily cast with clouds (покрыто тучами). The sky is overcast. The day was won-
derful, there was bright sun in the mackerel sky (небо с барашками облаков). Sometimes I hate summer
because of clouds of dust (туч пыли) and swarms of mosquitoes (туч комаров). Light fleece (перистые)
clouds sailed / drifted (плыли) in the sky.
 41

Wind – windy. It's so windy today. A light wind is called a breeze. The curtain was slightly waving with the breath
of the wind (дуновения ветра). A gust / blast (порыв) of wind raised a cloud of dust on the road. Hur-
ricanes (ураганы) are very often in Kansas, the USA. The wind is falling down / dying down (стихает).
Where is the wind from? - The wind is blowing from the west. There is no wind today, it's calm. We are hav-
ing calm/still weather (безветрие) today. A sudden strong gust of wind is called a squall (шквал).
Rain – It often rains in autumn. It is raining. A light rain with small drops (каплями) is called a drizzle. When it
rains for a long time it's called a steady rain (затяжной дождь). A short but strong rain is called a shower
(ливень). A torrent (ливень, поток) is a very strong stormy rain usually with wind. Sometimes the drops of
rain freeze in the air [εэ] (воздух) and they fall down in a form of hail (град). Hailstones (градины) are
sometimes so large that can kill a man, break through a roof of a car and demolish the crop (уничтожить
урожай). When you are caught (застигнуты) in rain you can get wet through (промокнуть до костей).
Thunderstorm – гроза. There are a lot of heavy, dark clouds before a thunderstorm. The air is oppressive
(душный) and it is still (неподвижный). Then suddenly you are dazzled (ослеплен) with a flash of light-
ning (вспышкой молнии) and after that you can hear a distant roll / peal of thunder (раскат грома).
Sometimes the claps of thunder (удары грома) can frighten (испугать) you. The thunderstorm is ap-
proaching (приближается) very quickly. Flashes of lightning follow one after another, the thunder seems
to crash / to roar / to rumble (грохочет) just over your heads. At last the rain starts. But it's very dangerous
to be caught in a thunderstorm in an open place. You can be struck with (поражен) a lightning. Don't hide
(прятаться) under a lonely tree. Lightning often smites (ударяет, поражает) such trees. Soon it begins to
clear up (проясняться). And you can see a rainbow (радугу) in the sky. Sometimes we can watch dry
thunderstorms with lightning and thunder but without rain. I think they are very dangerous because of fires
(пожаров).
Snow – snowy - снег. It snows in winter. It's still snowing. The snow is falling heavily. Does it often snow in
March? The snow lies deep and thick. The ground, trees, roofs of the houses - everything is covered
(покрыто) with snow. Large snowflakes (снежинки) are slowly falling down on the ground. High snow-
drifts (сугробы) are on the sides of the road. There is hard / bitter frost (сильный мороз) sometimes. In
1977 on the 31st of December the temperature fell down up to 47 degrees (градусов) below zero (ниже
нуля). A lot of people had frost-bitten (отморозили) noses, cheeks and ears. When it's so cold you can get
stiff / numb with cold (окоченеть). But when it is about zero thaws (оттепели) begin. There is slush (грязь
со снегом) on the road. And you should go very carefully (осторожно) because it's very slippery
(скользко). February is famous / well-known for its snowstorms (снежными бурями) and blizzards
(вьюгами).
Ice – лед. Ice – icy. In winter icy (ледяные) winds blow. The water is icy-cold. The icicles (сосульки) hang from
the roofs of the houses. The icicles glitter (сверкают) in the sun. In winter all rivers, ponds and lakes are
frozen. They are covered with thick ice. But in spring the ice is broken and an ice-drifting (ледоход) be-
gins. Ice-floes (льдины) float down the rivers.

IV. Read this dialogue.

Kate: Hello, Ann! You look very fresh and sunburnt. Where have you been?
Ann: I’ve just come back from the south.
Kate: Really? Did you enjoy fine weather there?
Ann: Yes, I did. The weather was lovely. They said it was even too hot for the end of September. The day
temperature was about 30°. Towards evening it fell to 20° but it was still very warm.
Kate: Did it ever rain?
Ann: Once when we were at sea on a motorboat we were caught in a heavy rain. I can’t say it was very
pleasant. Was it warm here in September?
Kate: The first week was very warm. Fancy the temperature rising to 24° in the daytime! In a few days the
weather turned to worse, it started raining. The temperature fell down to 7 degrees. And this spell of
nasty weather has been lasting already for two weeks.
Ann: But you know, the weather in our part is very changeable. It can still turn to better. Sometimes we
enjoy very nice and warm weather in October.
Kate: Right you are. Let’s hope for the best.

V. Find in the text the following words and word combinations.

1.Выглядеть посвежевшей и загорелой; 2. вернуться; 3. погода была чудесной; 4. слишком жарко; 5. для
конца сентября; 5. ближе к вечеру; 6. температура опускалась до; 7. однажды; 8. на море; 9. были
застигнуты; 10. сильный дождь; 11. температура поднималась до; 12. днем; 13. это не продолжалось
 42

долго; 14. через несколько дней; 15. ухудшилась; 16. период ненастной погоды; 17. длится вот уже две
недели; 18. изменчивый; 19. улучшиться; 20. давай надеяться на лучшее.

VI. Read aloud and translate these words as quickly as possible.

At dawn; twilight; favourable; beastly; nasty; stuffy; climate; subtropical; mild; sides of the world; Far East; Far
North; in the south; in the west; at midnight; before daybreak; at dusk; rise – rose – risen; get suntanned; a sun
stroke; sunlight; sunlit; in the moonlight; mysterious; to shine brightly; dimly; hardly penetrate; specks of dust; a
sunbeam; a sunray; a glade; lay in the sun; to wax; to increase; moonlit; the bright blue sky; the whitish sky; low
dark clouds; fleecy clouds; the mackerel sky; a swarm of mosquitoes; merciless; ruthless; to sail; to drift; a breeze;
a gust of the wind; breath; hurricane; squall; still weather; wretched; continental; moderate.

VII. Find antonyms to the following words.

to come up, east, spring, to rise, day, cool, to go down, evening, nasty, at noon, hot, dry,
southern, at night, sunset, summer, cold, wet west, autumn, daybreak, hurricane, sunlit,
morning, moonlit, still weather, fine, cloudy. northern, night, winter, to set, sunny, warm.

VIII. Translate into Russian.

What beastly weather! The rain in Spain stays mainly in a plain. What a sunny day! In the Far East the climate is
very changeable. Nice day, isn't it? What a horrible day! I can't stand this wind. It's cold and windy today. It's so
nice when it's warm. What a beautiful spring evening! This breeze is so refreshing! It's so surprisingly warm for
April! The weather is turning bad. Let's hope for the better. The weather is getting sunny. Oh, it's getting cold. I'm
freezing. What do you think of the weather? What's the weather outside? Will the weather keep? Do you think it
will clear up? Do you think it is going to turn our fine? What a fine day we are having! What are you talking of? The
day is awful. Rain all day long, isn't it dreadful? Nasty day, isn't it? I love the sun, isn't it wonderful? It's so romantic
– moonlit glade.

IX. Make small dialogues using these expressions.

X. Match the words on the left with their definitions on the right.
1. drizzle A. a gentle wind
2. a shower (of rain) B. a strong, sudden rush of wind
3. a breeze C. melting dirty snow on the ground
4. hail D. a satellite of the Earth (Земли)
5. blast E. rain in many small fine drops (fine rain)
6. a thaw F. a short and strong fall of rain
7. slush G. frozen vapour ['veιpэ] (пар) falling from the sky in white flakes
8. moon H. frozen raindrops falling from the sky
9. a rainbow I. a warm period when the snow begin to melt
10. snow J. violet, blue, light blue, green, yellow, orange, red ribbons in the sky

XI. Read these dialogues and act them.

1.
- What's the morning like?
- Bitterly cold, the temperature must be well below freezing point (zero).
- The puddles are all frozen hard and there is a very keen chilly wind blowing.
- I won't go out in that case. I'd rather stay indoors.
- So would I.
2.
-What should I put on? Is it cold or warm?
-Have a look at the weather forecast in the paper.
-Ah, they always tell lies.
-I don't think so. They have promised rain today and it's seems to pour.
3.
-What is the temperature outdoors?
-It's rather warm for April – 14 above zero.
-How nice! I can leave the house in my favourite jacket and bareheaded.
-But it's windy! Be careful. And I think there are dark clouds gathering.
 43

-Oh, no. Only not rain. We are going to walk after lessons.
-I'm afraid there will be a drizzle in the afternoon.
4.
-I can't stand this weather any more. It's so stuffy that all the clothes have clung to the skin.
-I think a thunderstorm is coming. Look, the air is still and the birds have stopped singing.
-Yes, you are right. The sky is getting dark and it's difficult to breathe.
-Oh, have you seen – a flash of lightning?
-Yes, and now it's thundering. Close the windows, please, or they will be broken during the thunderstorm.

XII. Complete the following sentences using the words in brackets.

The sky will be clear if the wind …(to stop). 2.I'll go to the country if the weather …(to be fine). 3. We'll go to the
skating-rink if the frost …(to be not severe). 4. The snow will begin to melt when the sun …(to rise up) high. 5.
You will feel better when you (to put on) something warm. 6. He will ring you up when he (to come) home. 7.
They will go mushrooming to the forest if the morning …(not to be) foggy. 8. The children will play in the yard if it
…(not to rain). 9. We'll go to the beach when the sky … (to clear up). 10. When the air pressure … (to fall down
or to rise up) the weather changes. 11. You can see stars in the night sky when it … (not to overcast). 12. You
can cross that river when it … (to freeze). 13. They can go boating if the sea …(not to be stormy). 14. When Au-
gust …(to come) the farmers will gather their harvest.

XIII. Fill in prepositions or adverbs.

1.That bus has splashed mud … passers-by. 2. A thick fog spread … the forest hiding bare trees and bushes. 3.
The specks … dust danced … the sunbeams. 4. It's so pleasant to look … the trees when the frost sparkles …
the branches. 5. There is a bridge … the river. 6. That pond always freezes … November. 6. I can't stand to go
out … such rainy weather. I prefer to stay … home. 7. Small sprouts (ростки) of lilac shot … … the ground. 8.
It's too hot today – 29 degrees … zero … the shade. 9. Look … the sky. There is a huge thundercloud … it
quickly approaching. 10. A heat wave will spread … the south-west … our city. 11. The rain is … and children
merrily splash … the mud and water … the puddles. 12. It's drizzling. Put … your umbrella. 13. Let me change
the clothes. I've been wet … because of that downpour. 14. Large snowflakes were slowly falling … … the
ground. 15. Houses, trees, ground – everything was covered … thick and deep snow.

XIV. Make short stories using the words suggested.

1. Nasty weather; bitterly cold; well below zero; grey sky; no sun; strong wind; seems to blizzard; the eve of
the New Year.
2. Drizzling; humid; middle of July; first berries, go mushrooming; go fishing; at the daybreak; misty in the
morning.
3. The last decade of May; bright blue sky; the sun is warm; first leaves; spring flowers; thin pale-green blades
of grass (травинки) ; no wish to study; light breeze.
4. Stuffy; merciless sun; clouds of dust; thunderstorm is approaching; huge thundercloud; thunder; lightning; to
clear up; a rainbow; puddles.
5. Time of haymaking; June; fresh dewy mornings; sweet smell of flowers and grass; songs of birds high in the
sky; go fishing; go boating; showers.
6. Cold and fresh air; Indian summer; multicoloured trees and bushes; the end of harvest; flocks of birds fly
away; warm, gentle sun; spider's net with drops of dew.
7. Dusk; warm; windless; clear dark sky; the first stars; full moon; at the fire; at the edge of the forest (на
опушке леса); sounds of nightlife of the forests; swarms за mosquitoes.

XV. Fill in the blanks using the words from the box.
sunny spells, average, to thaw, snowfall, in the fog, wet through, gale, heat, shade, in the
rain, pouring, early cool, drizzling, sun, degrees, below zero, weather forecast, prospect, be-
low, sunshine and showers, heavy, dry, rain
1.It usually begins __ in __ morning. 2. It's dangerous to drive __. 3. There was a heavy __ in the morning. 4. It's
__ cats and dogs, you will get __ through. 5. I can't stand __, so I prefer __ weather. 6. What is the temperature in
winter in the Moscow region? – It varies from 5 to 15 __ __. 7. According to (в соответствии с) __ __ for today the
day will be __ with __ spells. 8. Yesterday we had a mixture (смесь) of __ and __. 9. __ frosts are in __ in the af-
ternoon. 10. I'm sick and tired of __. 11. The __ had broken the window and the fence and the farmer was fixing
(чинил) them. 12. It is 32 degrees in the __. What is the temperature in the __, I wonder? 13. He sheltered
(укрылся) from the __ under the tree.
 44

XVI. Read this text and retell it.

The Spring came and all over the country there were little blossoms and little birds. Only in the garden of the
Selfish Giant (великан – эгоист) it was still Winter. The birds did not care to sing as there were no children in it,
and the trees forgot to blossom (цвести). Only the Snow and Frost were pleased.
"Spring has forgotten this garden," they cried, "so we will live here all the year round." The Snow covered up
the grass with her great white cloak (покров), and the Frost painted all the trees silver. They invited the North
Wind to stay with them, and he came.
He was wrapped in furs (укутанный в меха), and he roared all day about the garden and blew the chimney-
pots (колпак дымовой трубы) down. "This is a delightful spot (прелестное местечко)," he said, "We must invite
the Hail." So the Hail came. Every day for three hours he rattled (гремел) on the roof of the castle till he spoiled
(испортил) it, and then he ran round and round the garden as fast as he could go. He was dressed in grey, and
his breath was like ice.
So it was always Winter there, and the North Wind, and the Hail, and the Frost, and the Snow danced about
through the trees.

XVII. Translate into English.

1.Какая ужасная погода! 2. Дождь льет как из ведра. 3. Гром, кажется, гремит прямо над нашей головой.
4. Молния освещает дом у пруда и маленькую березовую рощицу (birch grove). 5. В мае все деревья в
цвету. 6. Дни стоят жаркие и воздух неподвижен. 7. Темные тучи стремительно двигаются по небу. 8.
Вскоре все небо покрыто грозовыми облаками. 9. Внезапно шквал ветра согнул деревья и поднял тучи
пыли. 10. Началась гроза с градом. 11. Через час погода прояснилась. 12. Дети с удовольствием
шлепали по теплой грязи и лужам. 13. Люблю грозу в начале мая, когда весенний первый гром, как бы
резвяся и играя, грохочет в небе голубом. 14. Крупные снежинки, медленно кружась в воздухе,
опускались на замерзшую землю. 15. Декабрь стоял лютый, морозы и метели, серое низкое небо и снег
повсюду – на домах, деревьях, на земле. 16. Осенью постоянно моросит нудный, холодный дождь. 17.
Осенью есть одна или две недели бабьего лета. 18. Воздух тих и прозрачен, небо безоблачно, солнце
нежно греет щеки, и деревья поражают многоцветием. 19. На заре ты ее не буди, на заре она сладко так
спит. 20. Шумел камыш (reed), деревья гнулись, и ночка темная была. 21.Мы стояли на высоком берегу
реки и удовольствием наблюдали за ледоходом. 22. На одной из льдин мы заметили нескольких зайцев.
23. К счастью льдина застряла около берега, и зайцы перепрыгнули на берег. 24. Распустились цветы на
деревьях, и их нежный аромат стоял в воздухе. 25. После грозы в небе появились две радуги. 26. Летние
ливни коротки. 27. Через час только небольшие лужицы напоминают о нем. 28. В тихом воздухе плыла
паутина. 29. На каждой травинке сверкала капелька росы. 30. В детстве мы любили кувыркаться в
сугробах, кататься с горки и играть в снежки.

XVIII. Read these texts. Look up all the words you don’t know in the dictionary and learn them. Make not less
than 15 questions as a kind of a plan to each story. Retell the texts.
Seasons*
1. Spring.
There are four seasons in a year. And when speaking about them people usually begin with spring. Spring
months are March, April and May. Though in our places spring begins in the middle of March and sometimes
even at the end. Everything awakes from its winter sleep.
The nights become shorter and the days become longer. Usually in spring the sky is clear and bright blue.
Though there are days when the sky is cast with low grey clouds. In March it's rather cold. It still often snows.
But once you notice that the snow begins gradually sink down and becomes dark. And soon it begins to melt. In
the middle of April there are only patches of snow, mainly in forests. There are streams everywhere. Lakes,
ponds become free from ice and one can watch ice drifting on the rivers. The sun shines brightly and it is warm.
Sometimes the temperature rises up to 15-20 degrees above zero.
At the beginning of May we can see the first green grass in the fields and meadows and small gentle green
leaves and buds on trees and bushes. The first wild flowers appear – snowdrops (подснежники), primroses
(примулы), forget-me-nots (незабудки), lilies of the valley (ландыши), and violets (фиалки). Birds come back
from far-away countries to make nests, to lay the eggs and to hatch their younglings (птенцов). They sing their
songs and twitter among the trees. In May people begin to work in fields and gardens. The farmers plough and
sow seeds. The gardeners are busy in their gardens and orchards digging the ground, making future flowerbeds,
and sowing young trees and bushes and flowers.
 45

But the weather is very changeable in spring. The light breeze becomes chilly wind, and a small cloud can
bring rain or even snow. But in an hour the weather turns for the better and again the sun shines in the bright
blue sky.
At the end of May trees, bushes are in bloom. Meadows look like a multicoloured carpet because of a plenty
flowers. And at last, we can watch the first thunderstorm.
I like spring, though it's not my favourite season. I don't like slush and mud, but I enjoy warm days after cold
winter…

2. Summer.
In June summer sets in. July and August are also summer months. The days are the longest and the nights
are the shortest. The sun rises early and sets late in the evening. The foliage of the trees and bushes becomes
bright green and dense (густая). There are a lot of different flowers everywhere. I think, every summer month
has its own flower: June – daffodil (нарциссы) and dandelion (одуванчики); July – cornflower (василек); August
– dahlia (георгин). Usually the weather in summer is warm and hot. The sun shines brightly and the sky is
cloudless.
There are days when it is stuffy, the air is still and there is even no light breeze. And then, the sky turns
dark-blue, a strong wind bends trees and you can't go straight. You begin to understand that a thunderstorm is
coming. Terrifying peals of thunder break the stillness of the air just over your heads frightening us. Flashes of
lightning dazzle us and then a rain crashes upon us. After it there are a lot of puddles that disappear very
quickly. But children have enough time to splash through the warm water of puddles and mud. Sometimes there
are rains with hail – a real disaster for farmers. I like summer showers, short and strong. After them the nature
seems to be well-washed. But when it is drizzling you know that after such rains there are a lot of mushrooms in
the forests. You take your basket and go to the forest for a "quiet hunting" – mushrooming and picking berries.
But sometimes there is no rain at all for a long time. Everything gets dry and a thick layer of dust covers
trees, bushes and grass. The flowers begin to fade (вянуть), the sky is colourless and the sun burns merciless.
It's drought. It's so hot and stuffy that all clothes stick to the skin.
But in spite of all annoying moments of summer, such as flies (a fly – муха), swarms of mosquitoes, dust,
heat and so on, I like summer best of all. There is a lot of fun! Fishing at the daybreak is one of them. Or you can
go boating or swim, raft down the river or simply lie in the sun being a lazy-bone. We, Russians, are very inven-
tive in the ways to relax. And it's very pleasant, being in the countryside, to spend our evening by the fire,
singing songs, laughing, joking and feeding mosquitoes. And it's so interesting to watch a starry) night trying to
find familiar constellations.
In August there is a hard time for farmers and gardeners. The hot sun ripens corn, fruit and vegetables. It's
time for a harvest. August comes to the end and we notice that the days become shorter and it's not so warm as
it was in July.

3. Autumn.
Autumn begins in September. The days are much shorter and colder. In the mornings there are early
frosts. The green leaves fade. The trees and bushes become yellow, orange, red, and purple. The foliage begins
to fall down. The sky is usually grey and cast with low dark clouds. It often rains. The puddles and pools don't
disappear so quickly as in summer but stay for a long time. And mud. There is mud everywhere – the main dis-
aster of any autumn. Running past trolley-buses, cars and lorries can splash mud over passers-by from top to
bottom (сверху донизу). And you have to put on a raincoat and take an umbrella not to get wet through. There
is usually strong wind trying to tear out (вырвать) umbrellas and people practically run along the streets. The
weather is usually nasty / beastly. Sometimes there are thick fogs and you can hardly see anything in a few me-
tres. Everything is dull.
But in September or at the beginning of October there is a period, which we call Indian summer. The days
stay clear and still. The sky is blue with some white clouds. And the sun warms gently but does not burn. The
nature is in its full beauty – multicoloured trees, dark brown fields and green and yellow meadows, fresh air,
warmness and flocks of birds flying away to the far-away countries to spend winter there.
But this period is not very long. And then it starts raining heavily. The woods become bare, the grass fades.
Chilly winds make people stay at home. At the end of October it snows for the first time. Usually it melts very
quickly, but it is a sign winter is coming. Late autumn is cold with frosts in the mornings. The harvest is gathered
and brown fields under the rain look sad.
 46

4. Winter.
Winter begins with snowfalls and the first not very strong snowstorm. December is the first winter month.
January and February are winter months too. But in reality winter lasts from the middle of November till the
middle of March in our places. The sun is low in the sky and there is little warmth from it. The sky is usually grey
or colourless. But sometimes you can see very gentle colours of pearl, pale blue, pink, yellow. In the sunbeams
snow begins to sparkle. But then the weather changes and it snows heavily and the piercing wind blows hard
making snowflakes go up and down in strands.
There are large snowdrifts in which children like to play and roll. All rivers, lakes and ponds are frozen over.
Sometimes it's so bitterly cold that you can have frost-bitten nose, cheeks and ears. But when it is not so cold
you can find some fun skating or skiing, tobogganing or playing snowballs. In the yards snow fortresses are
made. Children slide down the ice-hills. Sometimes we have days when it is still and snow falls down slowly in
huge snowflakes. The branches and twigs of trees are covered with hoarfrost. Everything looks like in a fairy-
tale.
There are sometimes large changes of temperature – after hard frosts and blizzards there are periods of
thaw. Then the temperature is about zero, the snow sinks down and there is slush on the roads and the streets.
These days you can get home all over dirty and wet.
To my mind these two opposites – frosts and thaws are the only unpleasant moments of any winter. But
there is one holiday thanks to which they like winter. I mean the New Year. People begin to get ready for it long
before. They buy a New Year tree and decorations – toys, garlands, fires, flags, and candles. They go shopping
to buy foodstuff, beverages and presents. On the eve of the holiday they clean their flats, decorate New Year
trees and make a holiday supper. And the nature prepares too. It's strange enough, but the New Year night is
usually still and not very cold. People are glad to go outdoors after midnight and walk for several hours after a
holiday supper. There are crowds of people, laughing, singing, dancing and joking.
Well, I don't like winter because of its coldness, snowstorms and the shortest days of the year. When you
get up it's still dark outdoors, when you get home after work it's already dark. The only thing that let me live in
peace with winter is the New Year.
 47

TOPIC 'LEISURE TIME'

Introductory texts.
I. Hobbies.
Hobbies differ like tastes. If you have chosen a hobby according to your character and taste you are
lucky because your life become more interesting.
Hobbies are divided into four large classes: doing things, making things, collecting things and learning
things.
The most popular of all hobby groups is doing things. It includes a wide variety of activities, everything
from gardening to travelling and from chess to volleyball. Gardening is one of the oldest of man's hobbies. It is a
well-known fact that the English are very fond of gardening and growing flowers, especially roses. Both grown-
ups and children are fond of playing different computer games. This is a relatively new hobby but it is becoming
more and more popular.
Making things include drawing, painting, making sculptures, designing costumes, handicrafts. Two of the
most famous hobby painters were President Eisenhower and Sir Winston Churchill. Some hobbyists compose
music or play musical instruments. Ex-president of the USA Bill Clinton, for example, plays the saxophone.
Almost everyone collects something at some period of his or her life: stamps, coins, match-boxes, books,
records, postcards, toys, watches. Some collections have no real value. Others become so large and so valu-
able that they are housed in museums and galleries. Many world-famous collections started in a small way with
one or two items. People with a good deal of money often collect paintings, rare books and other art objects. Of-
ten such private collections are given to museums, libraries and public galleries so that the others might take
pleasure in seeing them.
No matter what kind of hobby a person has, he always has the opportunity of learning from it. By reading
about the things he is interested in, he is adding to what he knows. Learning things can be the most exciting as-
pect of a hobby.

1. Find in the text the following words and word combinations:

В соответствии с характером; счастливый; хобби делятся на; широкий выбор видов деятельности;
хорошо известно; взрослые; сравнительно новое хобби; становится все более популярным; рукоделие;
художники-любители; играть на саксофоне; в какой-либо период жизни; не имеют реальной ценности;
настолько ценные; размещаются в музеях и галереях; всемирно известная коллекция; начинаться с
малого; предмет, пункт; собирать картины; редкая книга; предмет искусства; частная коллекция;
получать удовольствие от занятий; иметь возможность сделать что-либо; интересоваться чем-либо;
прибавлять, увеличивать; наиболее увлекательная сторона.

2. Translate into English.

1. Хобби – это времяпрепровождение, которое человек выбирает по своему вкусу.
2. Четыре класса, на которые подразделяются хобби – это делать что-либо, создавать что-либо,
собирать что-либо и узнавать что-либо.
3. Люди, имеющие хобби создавать что-либо, рисуют, создают скульптуры, костюмы и т.д.
4. Коллекции могут не иметь реальной ценности.
5. Коллекции картин, редких книг и других предметов искусства могут быть настолько ценными, что их
размещают в музеях и художественных галереях.
6. Люди получают радость, осматривая коллекции, переданные в музеи.
7. Возможность узнавать новое – это самая увлекательная сторона хобби.

3. What are your favourite activities when you have free time?
doing nothing eating chocolate
look forward to laughing, relaxing and having a good time.
I can't give up playing sports watching videos.
My friends and me feel like playing computer games hanging around the city.
enjoy browsing the net outing
can't help Add some other variants.

II. Entertainment.
During the past hundred years, the radio, the cinema and now the television have made very great
changes in the entertainment with which people fill in their free time.
 48

A hundred years ago people know how to entertain themselves much better than they do it now. When a
group of people gathered together, they talked, played cards or other games, read aloud to each other, or went
out shooting or walking together. Most people could sing a little, or play some musical instrument, so at a party
the guests entertained each other.
Conversation was an art; amusing conversation could keep people happy for hours.
As for games, such as football, tennis, people played them more often than they do it now. Most of them
didn't play very well, but they could amuse themselves and their friends.
Nowadays we are entertained by the professionals. Why listen to your friends singing when you can hear
the greatest singer of the world on the radio? Why play football with players who are not very good at it, when
you can go by train or car to see some of the best players in your country playing an important match; or if
you've got a TV set, just sit comfortably at home and watch the game without going outside at all?
The art of conversation and writing letters is dying. People are becoming more and more lookers and lis-
teners and less and less doers and talkers though it's much better to do something not very well oneself than al -
ways to sit and watch others doing it.

1. Answer the questions.

1. How did people entertain themselves in the past?
2. How are we entertained nowadays?
3. What is more interesting: to entertain oneself or to be entertained?

2. Retell the text and say whether people entertain themselves better in the past or nowadays. Give your rea-
sons.

III. Spare time

1. Spare time of a student of a top class at school*

Every day I go to school. I get up early, do homework, and have piano lessons twice a week.
But on weekends I like to do something different. I like to relax. I watch TV or videos. If it rains, I prefer indoor
activities: to read books or newspapers, to play chess, draughts or table-tennis, to practice woodcraft, to play re-
cords, to write some letters on E-mail, to draw. Besides, I have some duties about the house – to clean the flat,
to go shopping, to wash my clothes. Of course, I can cook something but, frankly speaking, I don't like it. The
only thing I do well is baking the cake "Prague".
In spring and summer I prefer outdoor activities. I do some gardening, ride a bike, and go roller-skating. I like
sports. In summer I swim in our lake and play football or basketball. But best of all I like badminton. I like to go
boating too. I don't like fishing and hunting. But ''silent hunt'' is one of my favourite pastimes. I have a lot of pic-
tures taken in different places and different seasons. In winter it's so pleasant to go skating. But I can't stand ski-
ing.
As for my younger sister she likes to knit and sew. She takes an aerobics class on Sundays. She also likes
figure skating very much.
During the school year I try to find time to go to the theatre or to the cinema sometimes. Though I can't say
that I'm a keen theatre-goer I like comedies and musicals. When speaking about films I like action films, fantas-
ies and horrors. As I can't dance I practically don't go to the disco. I prefer to browse the net on my computer.
But, of course, the greatest part of my time is busy with my lessons, homework, and preparatory courses. As
I am in my top class I have to work very hard to get ready for my exams at school and entrance exams to the
university. The competition is very hard.

1. Say the same the other way using words and word combinations from the text:
On Saturday and Sunday; to have a rest; to prefer some activity at home; to play table games; to make food; the
activity in fresh air; out-of-door games; the process of taking pictures of nature; winter kinds of sports; handicraft
of the girl; the love for theatre; films with a lot of fights; films with unreal events and places; films with frightening
events and heroes; the place for dancing; the last form at school; the tests to any institute.

2. Retell the text. What can you say about your spare time?

Quite recently you were a school student. And of course you remember that time very well. I don't think you have
a very different schedule being a student. Read this text and tell how your life now differs from the life of that
school-leaver.
 49

2. Monologue of a school-leaver*
It's simply funny to speak about free time of a school-leaver. I hadn't had it the whole last year. How could
you imagine your visit to the theatre when you had to write the next composition or to get ready for a test in Al-
gebra? I can’t say I did everything, every task that we had to do, but I'm not a lazy-bone. Sometimes I was so
exhausted that I could hardly drag myself to the bed. We had to have a rest. And we did it – we simply missed
the classes from time to time – Astronomy, Geography or something else, but never Math or Literature, Physics
or Computer Science.
An only Sunday was a too short period of time for relaxation. Of course, on Sunday I could sleep till nine or
ten (on weekdays I had to get up at half past six). By the time I got to the kitchen after a shower my Mum, my
guardian angel, made breakfast for my Daddy, my younger sister and me. Sunday brunch was the only time
when the whole family got together. We discussed the events of the week, played jokes at each other and
laughed. After brunch my sister washed up and Daddy and me went shopping. I liked those trips around our
shops. But most of all I liked the talks with my father, the talks of two men. My Mum had never brought a bag
heavier than two kilos in her life. It's our duty to drag all heavy things. In the afternoon I usually was free. So I
went to see my friends or to the sport centre situated nearby. I spent my evenings in different ways. Sometimes I
went to the disco or played the guitar together with my friend, or watch some film on video, or simply lay on the
sofa and twiddling with my thumbs.
I had no any special hobby. I didn't collect anything like my sister with her posters of singers, I didn't go in for
any kind of sports, I didn't study Spanish or Chinese like some of my classmates and I didn't make anything with
my own hands but only small repairs at home. The only thing I liked to do in my free time was reading of fantasy.
It helped me to relax.

1. Find in the text the following expressions:

Просто смешно говорить; выпускник; весь прошлый год; вам надо писать очередное сочинение;
готовиться к контрольной; не могу сказать, что я делал все; я не лентяй; быть настолько умотанным;
едва быть в состоянии дотащиться до кровати; прогуливали уроки; время от времени; единственное
воскресенье; слишком мало для отдыха; ангел-хранитель; воскресный поздний завтрак; мыть посуду;
походы по магазинам; никогда в жизни не носила сумки тяжелее, чем в два кг; шел навестить друзей;
расположенный по соседству; валялся на диване и плевал в потолок; нет какого-то особого хобби;
плакаты с певцами; мелкий ремонт по дому; единственное, что я любил делать.

2. Make fifteen questions to the text. Ask deskmate to answer these questions.

3. If I had time.
If I had time to do all the things I want to, I would begin with reading. I would read a lot. First of all, I would
read books about travelling. Perhaps it would be better to travel to see everything with my own eyes instead of
reading about it in books.
Yes, if I had time and money, I would travel all over the world. I would like to go to the Far East and visit
every country there. I would study some oriental (Far Eastern) languages, for it would be more interesting to visit
a foreign country if I could speak the language. Then if I had the opportunity, I would go to Egypt. I think that
would be one of the most interesting trips. I would like to see the old cities there. There are many wonderful
things to see there. If I took pictures there, I would show you all of them of course.

What would you do if you had time?

4. How the British Relax

As British people say: "All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy". Like everybody else, British people
like doing things outside work.
Gardening is a well-known favourite. As the weather in Britain is relatively mild, British people manage to
do gardening almost all year round. Sometimes this can be just doing a bit of weeding and sometimes, serious
vegetables and fruit growing. In fact, regardless of the size of the garden, the British can always find plenty to do
in it. Mowing grass is also very important. Every Sunday morning (except for winter) they come to mow their
lawns. To outsiders, it almost seems like an obsession but to a British person it is an important social duty. The
British see an unmown lawn, not only as a sign of laziness, but also as disrespect to others (and you can get
fined for it as well).
Walking is also very popular. Ask any British person if they have a pair of walking boots and the answer
will probably be yes. Except for dry summer days, the beautiful British countryside is pretty muddy, so you need
 50

a good pair of walking boots or 'wellies' to enjoy your walk. Walking as a leisure activity has a long tradition in
England. You can buy a variety of maps and guides to walking routes. Organised walking is also popular and is
a good way to discover local sights of interest with a group of like-minded people and a good guide.
Cycling is another popular activity. Unfortunately, many British roads are very busy and don't have cycling
paths, so cycling can be a bit dangerous in Britain, many people find quiet country roads and spend their whole
holidays exploring their homeland on their bikes. More extreme sports like rock climbing also attract people. And,
of course, the famous British eccentricity is the cause of unusual sports like extreme ironing. Extreme ironing is
a serious sport where teams of people compete at who can do their ironing in more extreme conditions. It is now
an international sport with serious competitions and organised events.
Of course, not all British people keep fit by engaging in extreme sports. Many go to the gym, swimming
pool or fitness classes. However, it has to be said that the British are not the sportiest nation in the world. You
see, watching TV often gets in the way. Increasingly, British people spend their free time watching TV. Sad, but
true. The only comforting thing is that they are not on their own – most of the world seems to be doing the same!
As far as actually going away on holiday, many British people choose to spend their holidays abroad,
preferably somewhere warm and dry. Spain, France and Greece are regular destinations due to convenient loc-
ation and kind climate. City breaks are also a good idea for changing the scenery and enjoying new places
without too much trouble.
M. Morris. From "Speak Out", N 3, 2004
1. Answer the following questions.
1. How can you explain the proverb given in the text? 2. Why gardening has become one of the most favourite
pastimes of the British? 3. What do they do in their gardens? 4. What are other popular ways of relaxation? 5.
Why do people need a pair of good walking boots for their walks? 6. Why do people choose quiet country roads
for cycling? 7. What are other extreme sports? 8. Where else can the British do sports? 9. Is it possible to name
the British a sporting nation? 10. What is the reason for that? 11. Are they the only nation that prefers watching
TV but not doing sports? 12. Why do the British choose Spain, Greece or France for holidays?

2. What can you say about the way the Russians relax?

* * * * *
THE WAYS OF SPENDING FREE TIME

Theatre Cinema and TV Music Museums and exhibitions

Reading Sports Relaxation Hobbies

I. I'm not a theatre-goer*

I can't say that I am a keen theatre-goer. But sometimes I enjoy seeing a good performance. I like drama
and musical comedy, opera and vaudeville. But best of all I like ballet. And quite recently I have discovered a
puppet theatre. I have always thought it is a theatre for small children. But, to my surprise, there are perform-
ances for young people and adults. And it's a hard job to get tickets to that theatre. But now I'd like to tell you
about our visit to the Opera and Ballet House.
Our family went there last Sunday. There was "The Sleeping Beauty" by Tchaikovsky that night. The tick-
ets into the box were bought by daddy long in advance.
At the entrance door we were met by an attendant who checked up our tickets. Then we left our coats
and hats in the cloakroom and moved to the foyer. Daddy bought a programme for us. That night the cast was
first-rate. Soon the bell rang and we went to our box. The theatre was full that night. I like that atmosphere be-
fore the performance: people are slowly filling in the auditorium, the orchestra is tuning up. And, at last, the lights
go down, the conductor appears, the curtain rises and the music begins to sound.
And that time with the first sounds of Tchaikovsky's music I forgot about everything but the ballet – a won-
derful fairy-tale. The ballet dancers performed very well. The soloists danced perfectly, and I liked the corps-de-
ballet very much. The scenery and the costumes were fine.
During the breaks we went to the buffet and bought some juice and cakes. People around us discussed
the performance and the latest theatrical news. At the end of the performance when the curtain fell the last time
the audience burst into applause. There were many curtain calls and the soloists got a lot of flowers.
Then we got our coats and hats in the cloakroom and went home. It was really a fine night!
Next time I'd like to see "The Nightingale" by Andersen in the puppet theatre. The only problem is to get
tickets for it. It is very popular with the public.
 51

1. Find in the text the following words and word combinations.

Страстная театралка; хороший спектакль; музыкальная комедия; водевиль; кукольный театр; трудно
достать билеты в этот театр; театр оперы и балета; «Спящая красавица»; билеты в ложу; заранее;
билетерша; фойе; гардероб; первоклассный состав; театр был полон; публика медленно заполняет зал;
оркестр настраивает инструменты; дирижер; кордебалет; декорации; последние театральные новости;
публика взорвалась аплодисментами; вызов актера на сцену; «Соловей»; очень популярен у зрителей.

2. Retell this text.

3. Could you tell about your last visit to the theatre?

II. Sister, act!*

One of my most favourite pastimes is watching films, no matter if I go to the cinema or watch them on TV
or video at home. Sometimes, when I am very tired and don't want to think about anything serious I choose
some cartoon or an old comedy from my video collection and make myself comfortable on the sofa or in the
armchair and enjoy a film. I like different kinds of films excepting those with a lot of blood and brutality. And I
don't like all those serials from Latin American countries. They are such rubbish!
Some time ago my friend presented me a fine musical comedy with Woopi Goldberg starring. The name
of the film was "Sister, act!" As the titles of the film were in English and changed very quickly I couldn't catch the
names of the director of the film, the director of photography, the production designer and the composer. The
film was shot in America.
The plot of the story is rather simple. Woopi Goldberg acted the part of a variety singer, not very success-
ful and lucky. She didn't suspect that her friend and boss was not only the owner of the casino but a famous
gangster too. She understood it only when she witnessed his crime. He decided to kill her too. But she escaped
the death by a mere chance and asked a familiar police detective to help her. And she was hidden in one of the
nunneries, the last place where the gangsters would look for her. But it was the last place where she could live.
The life styles of a pop singer and nuns were quite different. But there was nothing to do for her and she began
her life there with the name Sister Mary. Once she heard the singing of the nuns' choir. It was something awful
for her music ear. And Sister Mary decided to work with them. It was a job of work. She taught them to breathe
and to pronounce the sounds correctly, and so on and so forth. As the result the choir became well-known. Once
the local television showed them in one of the programmes and the gangsters saw it. They kidnapped her from
the nunnery and were about to kill her but failed. The nuns of nunnery and the police detectives saved her. The
final scene of the film was the performance of the choir with Sister Mary as a conductor to Pope.
The film is very funny. It's full of humorous situations and dialogues. And in this film I can listen to a lot of
nice music and spirituals in modern arrangement. The actors performed wonderfully. I like this film. And there is
a sequel "Sister, act! – 2". Now I have it in my collection too.

1. Find in the text the following words and word combinations.

Одно из любимейших занятий в свободное время; неважно; смотреть телевизор; не думать ни о чем
серьезно; устроиться поудобнее на диване или в кресле; мультфильм; жестокость; музыкальная
комедия; с Вупи Голдберг в главной роли; титры фильма; режиссер фильма; оператор; художник
фильма; фильм был снят в; сюжет истории; роль эстрадной певицы; стала свидетелем преступления;
избежала смерти; по чистой случайности; женский монастырь; стиль жизни; музыкальный слух; тяжелая
работа; похищать (людей); финальная сцена фильма; в качестве дирижера; полон юмористических
ситуаций; спиричуэлы в современной обработке; актеры играли чудесно; продолжение.

2. Could you tell about one of your favourite films?

III. At the screen of TV

It's a wonderful way of spending free time – in front of the screen of TV.

1. I am not a TV addict*
Really, I am not a TV addict. Frankly speaking I like our TV not very much. And I simply hate ads that in-
terrupt any programme. These ads are usually so stupid that I switch the channel. Besides, I have little free time
and I don't want to waste it. So at the beginning of the week I mark all programmes that I would or should watch.
Every evening I try to watch news programmes. I am interested in nature and travels, so I like all these pro-
grammes. And I like quizzes and programmes with different competitions and tests. Sometimes I watch feature
 52

films but not serials. They are for my granny. But we both adore our Russian old cartoons. They are so kind and
funny. My parents like to watch some music and art programmes and I sometimes join them.

2. Make up sentences using this table.

comedies musicals operas boring interesting
classical plays tragedies ballets frightening sad
historical plays modern plays amusing terrifying
horror films documentaries are supposed to exciting enjoyable for me.
thrillers detective movie be instructive entertaining
love stories action films seem to be educational outdated
football / hockey matches disturbing exclusive
news programmes popular / growing in popularity
avant-garde (experimental) films stupid
programmes about nature

3. What's your favourite programme?

documentaries feature films comedies creative entertainment
plays operas serials police series informative specialized
discussions interviews news clever children's
pop / rock music concerts cartoons funny live
sports game / quiz / talk shows serious educational
naturalist's / travelogue programmes lovely …. political ….
cognitive programmes
…about lives of famous people …pop / rock hits It is the story of / about / on … It is set in …
…romance and love stories …the arts and fashion The story centres on …
...gardening / cooking …the rest of the world The main characters of … are …
…the world of business … scandals and gossip The story line is … The acting is (pretty) good …
It's good in the way it shows …
… is shown … starts … finishes … it deals with the lives of … people.
… it gives you an opportunity to phone in.
late at night … it offers dancing and singing competitions and quizzes.
early in the morning … it is with fun and game we can take part in.
once a week … it combines live music and interviews with famous people.
once a month … it is hosted by well-known presenters.
in the afternoon … it features all kinds of music.
every two weeks … it keeps you informed about the rest of the world.
on Sundays … it helps to escape from the boring life / stress / problems.
on weekdays … on "…" people talk about, play, sing live, win prizes …
at … am / pm … it is a mixture of …

4. Make a story about your favourite TV programmes. Why do you like them? What don’t you like on TV?

IV. Music as a part of your leisure time.

Charmed with music*
I have never thought that I will fall in love with music. I haven't got an ear for music. Even more, when be-
ing a schoolgirl, I was not accepted to the school choir. Only two girls from the whole class were not chosen –
my deskmate and me. It was a great tragedy for us. We cried for several hours in our empty class. We were in
the blues till the first rehearsal, when everybody should stay but not we. Then we understood that the life was
not as bad as it seemed to us. But since that moment I disliked music. I dared to sing only when nobody could
hear me and I did it in our bathroom shutting the door of it tightly.
My attitude towards music changed when I was in the tenth form. Just before the start of the academic
year my Mum found a private teacher of English for me. The teacher's name was Oleg Leonidovich, and I was
dying of fear going to the first lesson to his place. The man opened the door to me had a rather dignified appear-
ance. He was in his middle fifties, tall and strong and he had huge moustache. I don't know why, but his mous-
tache frightened me most of all. And the first question of my future teacher didn't give me any courage: "Do you
like music?" At a loss I began to murmur and mumble something and he interrupted me sharply: "Well, I see,
you know nothing. Maybe, that's better. After the lesson I put one record for you and tell something." And really
 53

he gave me to listen to a record with the music of 'The Seasons' by Tchaikovsky. Of course I heard it before but
that time I listened to it purposefully and therefore discovered a lot of new things for me. Since that time after ev-
ery lesson I stayed for another hour to listen to some music. I listened to practically all Russian classics and a lot
of western composers – symphonies, operas, ballets, concertos for different instruments (piano, cello, violin and
others), romances and so on and so forth. And to that, when listening to some play or opera, Oleg Leonidovich
told me about different composers, their works, instruments, orchestra staffs and even anecdotes connected
with musicians and music. I admired those music lessons not less than the lessons of English. For the next sev-
eral years I learnt a lot and could recognize many works by ear. It was a real music education. The most striking
thing was that my teacher was not a musician but an engineer. He knew several languages, was a great expert
in constructing of buildings and loved music passionately.

And what were your first meetings with music?

Would you like to have such a guide to the world of music?

The power of music. Make sentences of your own using these lexical material.
a) My favourite music is … What sort of music do you like? What does music makes you think
I enjoy … pop music martial of?
I adore … rock sacred happy days
My joy is … classical organ my early childhood
b) When I listen to (classical) music it folk spiritual different seasons
… country jazz days off
pictures in my mind … dance a dark day
makes me remember … New Year
makes me think of … How can music influence people?
provokes (evokes) the picture of … appeals to … transforms … What music do you like listening
c) Music can … inspires … entertains … to when you have free time?
Music … our hearts and feelings. destroys … enriches … romantic amazing
d) The music I love is … conquers … melancholy sweet
Being free I listen to … music. sentimental soft
It depends on my mood. What music irritates you? catchy eloquent
When I am … I listen to … music. cluttered rubbish fascinating torchy
e) The music I hate is … tuneless dreadful passionate unforgettable
I switch off the radio when I listen appalling annoying appealing sensational
to … music. boring foolish overwhelming
I think music makes us … complicated breathtaking
sacrilegious

Answer these questions.*

1. What is your favourite kind of music?
2. Do the people you live with and your close friends share the same tastes in music as you?
3. Where and when do you listen to music?
4. If you could choose one musical instrument to be able to play brilliantly, what instrument would it be?
5. Do you like having background music while you are working?
6. How often do you go to the concerts?
7. Do you buy records, cassettes or compact discs? If so, how often?
8. What usually makes you decide that you want to buy a certain record (disc, cassette)?
9. Do you have one or two favourite performers (groups, orchestras) at the moment? If so, who?
10. What instrument do you most like the sound of?
11. Do you have an ear for music?
V. From animals to antiquities … (Museums and Exhibitions)*
Museums are not only for getting knowledge; it's also cool!
There are so many museums in the world and they all are so different. One of the first museums where you
go in the childhood is a historical museum or a museum of natural history. You slowly move from one exhibition
hall to another one and look at the exhibits displayed in the showcases (витрина) reading the notes to them.
Any museum of natural history contains ancient remains of extinct animals, stuffed animals, birds, collection of
butterflies and other insects, precious stones and so on. A bit later you go to a museum of Fine Art or a picture
 54

gallery. There one can see many pictures and sculptures of many artists. The pictures are of different genres:
portraits, landscapes, still life, marines, genre scenes, battle scenes. In some picture galleries we can see Rus-
sian ancient icons.
There are several very interesting museums in Moscow: the museum of Applied Arts (музей прикладного
искусства), the Bakhrushev theatrical museum, the museum of Oriental Arts (музей восточных искусств) and
the Polytechnic museum. There is the museum of Toys, the museum of Science (people there can touch practic-
ally all exhibits and even make some experiments) and the museum of Medicine and Florence Nightingale in
London. In Prague one can visit the museum of Aviation. In Kaunas people like to go to the museum of devils. In
Munich people like to visit the Museum of the Puppet theatre. The fans of space adore the museum of the
NASA. And the inhabitants of a small town Myshkin on the Volga River created the museum of mice. Our city
has got the museum of Radio and the museum of Fire-fighting Tools and Firemen.
So you can choose any museum you like for visiting. And I think your visit will be not only amusing and en-
joyable but educational too.

1. Read and translate all the words from the text printed in bald.
2. What other kinds of museums can you name? What interesting exhibitions you have visited can you tell
about?

VI. All That Tourist Romance

1. Use the list of words and make a story about camping holiday which was a) a great fun, b) a complete failure.
pack / unpack fold-up tables and chairs make a bonfire / camp fire
huge sacks first-aid kit sing songs to the guitar
sleeping bags waterproof and wellies feed the mosquitoes
cooking utensils choose a camping site burn trainers
folding bed put up / pitch a tent forget something

2. Read and retell the text.

Hiking as a way of spending free time.*
No, I can't say that I liked hiking very much. But after the only and, I hope, the last trip over our Ural
Mountains I simply can't stand that entire tourist romance. My friends tempted me to go with them promising a
lot of fresh air, beauties of the nature, swimming in the cleanest rivers, and so on. The first thing that terrified me
was my rucksack. To be more exact, its size. I had never thought that an average person was able not only to
raise that huge bag but also to drag it for many kilometres. During the first day I didn't see any beauties because
I was afraid that if I had a look at some of them, I wouldn't be able to see where my feet stepped. I was horrified
to fall down with that huge bag on the back. When we made a stop for a night I was so exhausted that I wanted
nothing but to fall down under any tree and not to move. But my friends laughed and sang, and meanwhile the
tents were put up, the fire was made and our supper was cooked. I stupidly looked at that picture because I my -
self was in no condition to move even a finger.
The morning was awful. I was aching all over. But … but I was afraid to be left alone even more and only
because of that I put that rucksack onto my back again and shuffled behind the friends. To my surprise it
seemed to be a bit easier. As it turned out folks took food from my sack for the supper they had made the previ -
ous night. In few days I used to my rucksack, long hours of moving and hard bed. But there were several things
that I couldn't bear. Firstly, there were huge mosquitoes that attacked us every evening in the camp, they could
find even the smallest chink (щель) in your clothes or in the tent and sting you. Secondly, I simply hate all kinds
of porridge, and especially semolina (манная каша). And when it is burnt I am ready to be hungry the whole day
but not to eat it. Thirdly, I like comfort, TV, a soft bed and so on; therefore tourist evenings at the fire with songs
to guitar are not for me.
No, I can't say that everything was so horrible. The sights of nature made a great impression on me. I
spent several films (пленок) taking pictures. I liked to ride on the back of a horse (we did it one day when we
were in a small village). And I liked berries. Once we got onto a berry place in the forest. At the beginning we
bent to take berries, then we sat into the grass and gathered berries around ourselves and changed the position
then, but at last we simply crawled picking them. We all were covered with berry juice and there were a lot of
bees around us. So we had to escape in the river. I had never run so quickly before! Our teacher of PE would be
very glad with our results.
Next year my friends are going to raft down one river somewhere in the mountains. They invite me. But
thank you, I'm not an adventurous person. I prefer to watch it on TV and to lie on the beach at the Black Sea
coast.
 55

VII. Are You a Couch Potato?

1. Read this text and say what the reason is for appearing of a couch potato.
Centuries ago people didn’t have much free time, because everybody was working too hard. In Britain in
the nineteenth century, people had more spare time, but because the Victorians hated relaxing and doing noth-
ing, they invented football, rugby and cricket. People took up more gentle activities too, like gardening, bird-
watching and train-spotting, and it was even possible simply to watch a sport and give the impression that you
were actually doing something. Gradually, leisure activities have become less and less demanding, and most
people have a variety of more or less energetic interests and hobbies.
But now there is a new type of person who thinks that lying on the sofa, watching television on Sunday
afternoon or reading the newspaper from cover to cover is the most exciting activity they can manage. This is
the twentieth-century couch potato. For them, every activity is too much trouble, and laziness is an art form!
So how do you spend your free time? Are you a couch potato?

3. What kind of a person are you?

1. it’s your birthday. Do you… a) go clubbing with friends?
b) have dinner in a restaurant with friends?
c) get a DVD and a take-away pizza?
2. It’s a sunny weekend. Do you… a) have a picnic with family and friends?
b) visit another city?
c) read a magazine at home?
3. It’s your lunch break at work. Do you… a) meet some friends and go to the gym?
b) go to an art gallery?
c) have a sandwich at your desk?
4. It’s your summer holiday. Do you… a) go clubbing in the evenings?
b) visit old buildings or other sights?
c) lie on the beach?
5. You go shopping on the holiday. a) some clothes for the evening?
Do you buy… b) a book about the place you are in?
c) an ice cream?
Mostly As.
You are a real party animal and fun of to be with. Don’t forget to stop and rest sometimes!
Mostly Bs.
You are proper culture vulture and like learning something new. Don’t forget to join the party some-
times!
Mostly Сs.
You are a total couch potato and usually on the sofa doing nothing. Come on – get up and join in
the fun.

3. Look at the leisure activities and express your opinion of them. Words in the right-hand column will help you.
Give each activity a score from 1 (the least active) to – 5 (the most active). Choose five most favourite activit-
ies and add up the scores. Are you a couch potato, a party animal or a culture vulture?

Football tennis cricket do-it-yourself fishing gardening all right exciting relaxing
shopping swimming collecting of stamps twiddle your thumbs awful great stupid
going to nightclubs browsing the net playing cards reading boring fun superb ter-
watching TV bird-watching running singing walking paint- brilliant nice rible terrific
ing embroidering knitting quiet hunting – mushrooming dreadful OK wonderful
taking pictures dull dangerous

4. Choose the best definition for a couch potato, a party animal and a culture vulture.

VIII. Dialogues*
Translate these dialogues into English and act them. Retell them in indirect speech.
1.
-Привет. Как дела?
-Нормально. Вот сижу и думаю, чем заняться в воскресенье.
 56

-У меня та же проблема. Может быть, сходим в кино?

-На “Властелин колец” билеты можно достать только на утро. Ты способен встать в воскресенье в 8 утра,
чтобы успеть на 9-часовой сеанс?
-Смеешься? Я в будни-то стаскиваю себя с кровати. Что еще идет в кинотеатрах?
-Понятия не имею. Давай посмотрим в газете. Так, ничего интересного. Кино отпадает. Зато в парке
какой-то праздник.
-Нет. Несколько часов на улице меня не устраивает. Холодно. А это что? Выставка картин Никаса
Сафонова. Интересно! Где это?
-Вот не знал, что ты интересуешься живописью. А выставка в доме художника.
-Я тоже не подозревал за собой такого хобби. Увидел как-то иллюстрации в журнале, и мне они
понравились. Давай сходим. И цена не совсем сумасшедшая.
-Ну, давай, интересно посмотреть, за чем народ давится. (people rush / dash)
-А вечером что будем делать?
-А вечером я буду смотреть хоккей. Наши играют с немцами.
-Я к тебе приду, тоже хочу посмотреть. Мой телик сломался.
-Ладно. Ну, что, пошли на выставку?
-Пошли.

2
.-Устала, как собака. Хочу забиться в какой-нибудь уголок, и чтобы никто меня не трогал.
-Ладно, до завтрашнего вечера выспишься.
-А что завтра? Намечается какое-то празднество?
-Моя знаменитая тетя Лиля приезжает. Ты давно хочешь с ней познакомиться.
-Ух, классно. А она надолго приезжает?
-На неделю. Но у нее только завтра вечер свободный. Остальные дни заняты какими-то делами.
-Она все такая же цыганистая?
-Говори прямо – ты хочешь, чтобы она тебе погадала (to tell fortune).
-Конечно. Сама говорила, как здорово она это делает.
-Да, это она умеет. Тетя собирается еще и петь завтра. Она знает массу цыганских песен и романсов. Ты
же тоже прекрасно поешь. Вот и послушаешь, а, может быть, и споете вместе.
-Нет, я умру со страху. Я лучше фотоаппарат принесу.
-Прекрасно. Приходи пораньше, часов в 5. Тетя собирается меня учить готовить какие-то цыганские
блюда. Одной не так стыдно позориться, что не умеешь готовить.
-Ну, положим, готовить я люблю. Что-нибудь надо принести?
-Я тебя поэтому и приглашаю пораньше – и тебе интересно, и внимание на себя отвлечешь. Продукты я
все купила, ничего не надо. Осталось только вино купить.
-Добрая подруга. Я тогда бутылку красного сухого вина принесу. У меня осталась еще одна из Испании.
-Ну, как, твое плохое настроение пропало? (Ты все еще в плохом настроении?)
-Конечно, нет. Спасибо за приглашение. С нетерпением жду завтрашнего вечера. Пока.
-Пока.

3.
-Завтра суббота. Что делать собираешься?
-Странный вопрос. Вообще-то с утра занятия в институте. А потом я собираюсь свою квартиру прибрать.
Только вечер свободный и остается. И то я не уверена. А что?
-Забыла? Завтра все собираются на вечеринку к Лене.
-Ой, правда. День Святого Валентина. Во сколько мы собираемся?
-К восьми. Но мы придем пораньше. Надо помочь Лене сделать бутерброды и коктейли. А ты сделай
разные смешные рисунки. Мальчики заняты музыкой и видео, Оля и Катя готовят романтические
конкурсы, ну а мы – кулинарная бригада.
-А когда заканчивать собираемся? Родители у Лены строгие и не очень-то любят наши молодежные
компании.
-Они в какой-то поездке. У Лены сейчас живет ее бабушка. Она сама любит веселиться.
-Ага. Кот из дому – мыши в пляс. Тогда надо сделать так, чтобы никто ничего не разбил и не испортил.
-Тут все в порядке. Посуда вся будет пластмассовая. А спиртное никто особенно и не любит. Все
предпочитают здоровый образ жизни. Будет только пиво и то - немного.
 57

-Да мы и так умеем веселиться. Если Саша и Оля начнут валять дурака, мы можем умереть со смеху.
Тогда до завтра. Пока.
-Пока. Да, возьми с собой диски с итальянскими песнями - они такие романтичные. Пока.

4.
-Ну, где ты была? Мы тут обсуждаем предстоящие выходные.
-Тут и обсуждать нечего. Я завтра собираюсь за город со своим парнем. Погода пока стоит хорошая.
Надо воспользоваться такой возможностью.
-А куда вы собираетесь?
-В деревню к моей бабушке. Там есть недалеко отличная горка. Мы собираемся покататься на лыжах с
нее, потом отогреться у бабули и пообедать. После прогулки и обеда так хорошо вздремнуть. А
вечером она обещала приготовить настоящий русский ужин в печи.
-Ну, не знаю. В деревне вообще-то скучно. Ни танцев, ни кино.
-Танцевать на дискотеке я и здесь могу. А мы едем отдохнуть немного от городского шума и работы. Так
что тишина для нас самая подходящая вещь. Знаешь, как здорово вечером сидеть у огня и слушать,
как бабуля рассказывает что-нибудь или поет.
-Что-то мне завидно стало. А можно я со своим другом как-нибудь поеду тоже?
-Поехали завтра.
-А твоя бабушка нас не выгонит? Приехали, гости незваные. (self-invited guests)
-Ну, нет. Она любит, когда кто-нибудь приезжает. Действительно. В машине четыре места, а нас двое, и
вас двое тоже.
-А речка или пруд есть там?
-Зачем тебе?
-Ты знаешь, Саша – заядлый рыбак. (a keen fisher)
-О, два сапога – пара. (They make a pair) Мой Антон тоже любит рыбачить. Там рядом большой пруд.
Рыбы много. Одно плохо – нам придется эту рыбу чистить.
-Не придется. Саша всегда делает это сам. Он говорит, что женщин до ухи допускать нельзя. Мы не
умеем ее готовить.
-Пусть он это попробует моей бабуле сказать. Иди, звони своему Саше.

5. Render this story in English.

А поехали на пикник!*
Вот всегда так! Только соберешься что-нибудь приятное для себя, любимой, сделать,
обязательно что-то происходит. Так и сейчас. Захотела я тихо-мирно провести выходные, так нет, моя
сестра вынуждена была сидеть с больной свекровью, а мне, вдобавок к моему сорванцу, подкинула
своих малявок, двух весьма изобретательных девиц восьми и десяти лет.
К счастью, мой муж нашел выход. Девчонки его обожают и слушаются беспрекословно. Макс
предложил поехать на природу. Поехать, конечно, громко звучит, так как наше любимое место с чудной
поляной и родничком с вкуснейшей водой находится в ближайшем лесопарке у реки. Туда и пешком-то
идти полчаса. Но с девицами и едой туда лучше, конечно, на машине. А что?! Хорошая идея. Погода
стоит прекрасная – жарко, но не душно, появились первые ягоды в лесу. Надо пользоваться моментом.
Позвонили своим друзьям, с которыми всегда ездим туда на пикники и быстренько обо все
договорились. Обязанности давно и прочно распределены – мясо и напитки готовят Маша и Алекс, мы -
овощи, фрукты, складной стол и стулья, Ольга с Михаилом отвечают за пироги, посуду и палатку, на
всякий случай. Кампания собралась чудесная – шесть взрослых, шесть детей (кроме наших трех были
Машина Анютка и двое сыновей Ольги и Миши) и две беспородные и поэтому добрейшие собаки.
Загрузились мы все в три машины, и в 11 утра уже были на месте. Дети побежали обследовать
знакомые места, рассказывая по пути моим племянницам о местных достопримечательностях. Собаки
помчались за ними. Мы тем временем надули два матраса поваляться, достали стол и стулья и начали
потихоньку резать овощи для салата. Бутылки с соком и водой опустили охлаждаться на веревках в
родник. Наши мужчины установили мангал для шашлыка. В это время прибежали дети и начали просить
разрешения искупаться. Мы пошли все вместе. Речка в этом месте мелкая, с песчаным дном, и вода
была хорошо прогрета. Накупались до посинения и клацанья зубов. Чтобы согреться, дети начали играть
в ляпки и чехарду. А мы достали ракетки для бадминтона и воланы и начали свой семейный турнир. Это
у нас традиция такая – выяснять каждое лето, кто лучше играет в бадминтон. Через час все уже были
потные и уставшие. Снова искупались и пошли к столу. Пока ели салаты, мужчины приготовили
шашлыки. Все было безумно вкусно. Впрочем, как всегда после купания и беготни. Я смотрела на
 58

племянниц и удивлялась – дома ничего не ели, капризничали, а тут я только успевала пододвигать к ним
еду. Дети вскоре отвалились от стола и перебрались на матрасы. Они немного пошебуршали,
похихикали, но вскоре затихли – все спали. Набегавшиеся собаки легли рядом с ними. Мы тихо
разговаривали о том, о сем, но вскоре наши мужчины тоже стали клевать носом. Мы их уложили рядом с
детьми, а сами сели посплетничать о своем, о девичьем, наслаждаясь покоем и тишиной. Наши
семейства проспали почти два часа. За это время мы успели обсудить все проблемы семьи, страны и
мира, собрать по горсточке ягод детям, нарезать пироги и вскипятить на костре в ведре воду для чая. Но
сначала все захотели снова искупаться. А потом пироги и чай исчезли в мгновенье ока, так же как и
оставшиеся фрукты и овощи. После чаепития почти вся кампания решила прогуляться немного. Ольга и
Миша решили поваляться, и собаки остались с ними. Но далеко мы не ушли. Целое семейство белок,
почему-то не боящихся людей, начали мелькать перед нами, и мы их начали кормить остатками пирогов
и хлеба. Дети боялись вздохнуть лишний раз – они, по-моему, впервые видели белок на свободе, а не в
зоопарке.
День склонялся к вечеру. Надо было уже покидать нашу поляну, но мы все тянули время. Нам
было так хорошо там! За весь день мы не вспомнили ни о работе, ни о вредном начальстве, ни о других
проблемах. И только приехав в город, мы вспомнили, что у мужчин сегодня какой-то суперважный матч
по футболу, у детей – мультики, а у нас – последние две серии любимого сериала. Но это уже другая
история.
А девчонки заявили, что они теперь всегда будут ездить с нами на пикник. Мы вздрогнули.
 59

TOPIC "SHOPPING"

I. Buying foodstuff*
It's a very exciting topic for most women and it's very boring for the greater part of men. Now we can buy
practically everything when you have one thing – money. But when you have no money you can simply go to
shop around or look at the shop-windows. There are a lot of shops in our city. When we need some foodstuff we
can go to a supermarket or to a food store. Now we have huge shopping centres that include a food store and a
department store with many departments. But I prefer to go to small shops – the bakery, the dairy, the greengro-
cery. I can buy fish at the fishmonger's, meat at the butcher's and salt, vinegar, sugar and flour at the grocery.
And of course when I want some cakes or fresh-baked pies I go to the confectionery. In such shops sales-assist-
ants are usually very friendly towards customers. They know you and your wishes; they can advise you some-
thing new. You can have a chat with them about your weak hearts and broken hopes. Everybody knows that a
visit to a good shop is worth two visits to a good doctor.
Sometimes when you look at displays you are at a loss – you can't decide what to choose and what to
buy. All those tins, transparent wrappings, bottles, packets, cartons, see-through trays with food, jars, tubs,
drums, and boxes with bright labels attract your attention and make you spend more money than you have
planned at home.
Supermarkets are much the same the world over – especially the queues. When you come to a shop first
of all you take out your shopping list, have a look at prices of foodstuff on the racks, think if you can afford all
you want and only then you begin to load your trolley or shopping / wire basket. After that you go with all your
purchases to a check-out point. There a cashier runs her pen over the barcodes of the foodstuff, adds up prices
and totals up. Usually you pay in cash but now some people write out a cheque. You give her money and she
gives you a check and your change.

1. Read the text. Make sure you know the words and word combinations printed in bold. Look them up in the dic-
tionary if there is any need.

2. Answer the following questions.

1. What emotions arouse a trip to shops? 2. What can you do if you have no money? 3. What kind of a shop is a
shopping centre? 4. At what shops can you buy fish, meat, vegetables, cakes, flour, and milk? 5. Why do many
people prefer to go to small shops but not to a supermarket? 6. What does everybody knows (except some
men)? 7. Why are you sometimes at a loss? 8. What do customers do before they begin to load their trolleys or
shopping-baskets? 9. What does a cashier do when you come up to the cashier desk? 10. Do people pay in
cash or write out a cheque?

3. Here is a shopping list. Say what shops can you buy these things?
a loaf of brown bread 1 small cabbage a bottle of vinegar
a loaf of long French bread a tin of condensed milk 2 medium-size herrings
1 large cod a bunch of radishes a tin of sardines in oil
1 kg of pork a drum of margarine 2 kg of potatoes
3 lemons 0,5 kg of cheese a large chicken
0,3 kg of ham a 2 kg bag of flour a 0,5 kg pack of sour cream
biscuits a packet of frozen cauliflower 0,2 kg of butter
a family-size pack of yoghurt two bottles of mineral water a packet of orange juice
a 1 litre packet of milk a jar of honey a box of chocolate

4. Think and say what else can be sold in cartons, bunches, etc.
a packet of – 1. a tin of – 1. a drum of – 1.
2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3.
a jar of – 1. a box of – 1. a bunch of – 1.
2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3.
a bottle of –1. a carton of – 1.
2. 2.
3. 3.
 60

5. Match the phrases in the left column with the words in the right column.
1. a bottle of 7. a tin of a. jam g. eggs
2. a drum of 8. a tube of b. parsley h. honey
3. a cake of 9. a bunch of c. toothpaste i. sugar
4. a packet of 10. a box of d. cleanser j. soap
5.a carton of 11. a tub of e. juice k. luncheon meat
6. a jar of f. chocolate

6. What do we buy A) by kilos, B) by quantity, C) by tens in Russia?

Fish, carrots, cabbage, kiwi, meat, eggs, pineapples, sausage, rye bread, oranges, tinned fish, chocolate, garlic,
turkey, bananas, lettuce.

7. Look through the list of products and say which of them are sold A) in quantity, B) in dozens, C) in lb* in Great
Britain.
*lb – abbreviation from the Latin word "libra" – "фунт", in speech it is pronounced "pound".
F.e. – 3lb – three pounds
Cheese, lemons, grapes, white bread, ham, mangoes, eggs, potatoes, chickens, oysters.

8. Say which products are priced A) per kilo, B) per each.

Onions, tomatoes, pineapples, kiwi, long French bread, tinned meat, cabbages, mangoes, buns, chops, apples,
cucumbers, yoghurt.

9. Exclude (исключите) from the lists below products which cannot be sold as it mentioned.
pre-prepared* frozen dried tinned
garlic cherries banana flour pre-prepared* - полуфабрикаты
steaks onions fish pork prepackaged / prepacked-
fish fillet turkey meat peaches расфасованные
potatoes bread ham lettuce
tomatoes spaghetti plums tuna

10. What are the measures of weight and volume in Russia, Great Britain and the USA? Do you know them?*
Russia Great Britain and the USA
1 kg =1000 g = 2,2046 lb. 1 ounce (oz) ['auns] = 28,35 g
1lb. = 16 oz = 0,4536 kg
1 stone = 14 lb. = 6.35 kg
1 litre = 1000 millilitres = 1dm = 0.2200 Imp 1 gallon Imperial = 4 quarts = 8 pints = 4.546 litres
3

gal = 0,2642 US gal 1 gallon US = 0.833 British gallon = 3.785 litres

1 quart British Imperial = 2 pints = 1.14 litre
1 quart US = 0.833 British quart = 0.946 litre
1 pint British = 0.57 litre
1 pint US = 1/8 US gallon = 0.47 litre

11. What do you know about money in Great Britain and the USA? Do you know their?*
British: 1 pound of the UK has 100 pennies. There are coins (монеты) of 1 penny, 2 pence, 5 pence, 10 pence,
20 pence and 50 pence. There are banknotes of 1 pound (£1), 5 pounds, 10 pounds, 20 pounds and 50 pounds.
They have their nicknames: £1 - quid; £5 – fiver; £10 – tenner;
£20 – pony; £100 – ton; £1000 - grand
American: 1 dollar has 100 cents. There are coins of 1 cent (a penny), 5 cents (a nickel), 10 cents (a dime), 25
cents (a quarter), 50 cents (half dollar) /In brackets their nicknames are given/

12. Read these dialogues and act them.

A. At a small grocery store.
Shop-assis.: Good morning, miss. What would you like?
Anne: Good morning. I'd like half a pound of butter, a pound jar of strawberry jam, a large bottle of
vinegar and a tin of sardines.
Shop-assis.: Will that be all?
 61

Anne: No, I'd also like a small-sized packet of mushroom soup and a piece of smoked bacon.
Shop-assis.: Will that do? It's all we have at the moment, I'm afraid.
Anne: No, it's much too fat. I wanted it leaner. I think I'd better take some ham instead. How much is
it?
Shop-assis.: Eighty pence a pound.
Anne: Good. Half a pound, please. That'll be all. How much does it come to?
Shop-assis.: Five pounds thirty seven pence, please.
Anne: Right. Here is six pounds.
Shop-assis.: And here is your change.
Anne: Thanks. Good-bye.
Shop-assis.: Thank you. Good-bye, miss. And come tomorrow. We'll have a new stock.

B. At the butcher's
Shop-assis.: Can I help you, madam?
Mrs. J.: I'd like a leg of lamb. Do you sell it?
Shop-assis.: Yes, we do, but I'm afraid we've sold out at the moment. If you'd care to call in tomorrow.
Mrs. J.: Thank you. I won't bother! I'll buy some pork instead.
Shop-assis.: Oh, yes. We've got excellent choice today. What part would you like to get – shoulder, leg or
some other?
Mrs. J.: This bit of shoulder is fine with me.
Shop-assis.: OK. It weighs four pounds.
Mrs. J.: I'll also have a chicken.
Shop-assis.: Boiling of frying?
Mrs. J.: Boiling, please.
Shop-assis.: Will this do?
Mrs. J.: Nice. That will be all. How much is it?
Shop-assis.: Three pounds twenty pence.
Mrs. J.: Here you are.
Shop-assis.: Your change, madam. Thank you. Have a nice day.

C. At the Greengrocer's
Shop-assis.: Good morning, Mrs. Daisy. How are you this morning?
Mrs. Daisy: Fine, thanks. And how are you?
Shop-assis.: I'm having a little trouble. Some of my supplies aren't here yet. So I don't have tomatoes and
peppers.
Mrs. Daisy: Oh, that's a shame. Will you have some later?
Shop-assis.: Oh, yes, they will be delivered in the afternoon. I'll save them for you.
Mrs. Daisy: Thanks. It's very kind of you. And now I'll take a bag of potatoes, a couple of beets and some
carrots.
Shop-assis.: All right. Notice the fruit we've got today.
Mrs. Daisy: The peaches do look good. What do they cost?
Shop-assis.: Peaches are quite cheap this time of the year. Thirty pence a pound.
Mrs. Daisy: That's a real bargain. I'll take three pounds.
Shop-assis.: OK. Now, what else?
Mrs. Daisy: Well, that's all for today. How much do I owe you?
Shop-assis.: That's four pounds seventy five pence. Here's your change from your five-pound note –
twenty-five pence.
Mrs. Daisy: Thank you. Good-bye.
Shop-assis.: Good-bye, Mrs. Daisy. Thanks a lot.

D. Making a Shopping-list.*
Mother: Darling, will you please do the shopping today? I am very busy
Daughter: Of course, I shall. What am I to buy?
Mother: We are going to have a festive dinner tomorrow. Your aunt Liza and uncle Roger promised to
come and see us.
Daughter: What are you going to cook? Shall we have anything special?
Mother: For the first course I want to make clear soup. Will you buy some beef, please, but mind, it
 62

shouldn't be very fat.

Daughter: Shall I buy anything else at the butcher's?
Mother: If they have lean mutton, buy 2 kilos, please, I'll make mutton chops for the second course.
I'm afraid we've run out of potatoes and tomatoes. Drop in at the greengrocer's and get 2
kilos of potatoes and one of tomatoes.
Daughter: Is that all? Beef, 2 kilos of mutton, 2 kilos of potatoes and one of tomatoes.
Mother: Oh, dear, you won't be able to carry that entire foodstuff. I'll ask Mike to help you. Mike, will
you please, go with Ann and help her with the shopping?
Mike: Certainly, if she buys me an ice cream.
Mother: That reminds me. Will you look in at the confectionery and buy a chocolate cake? Aunt Liza
is very fond of it. That seems to be all. Here is money.
Daughter: Mike, take the shopping bag and off we go.

13. Translate into English.*

Что бы Вы хотели?; полфунта; банка клубничного варенья в один фунт; небольшой пакет с грибами; Этот
подойдет?; слишком жирный; мне хотелось бы попостнее; Сколько стоит это?; вот банкнота в пять
фунтов; вот сдача; у нас будет новое поступление; мы все продали в настоящий момент; я куплю вместо
этого свинину; какую часть вам бы хотелось взять?; для варки или для жарки?; Кое-какие товары еще не
прибыли; они будут доставлены; я оставлю их для вас; обратите внимание на фрукты, которые мы
сегодня получили; персики действительно прекрасно выглядят; … совсем дешевые в это время года; это
действительно дешево; закончились картошка и помидоры; заскочи в овощной; загляните в
кондитерскую; мы отправляемся.

14. Make up small dialogue on analogy using the words in brackets.

a) - What can I do for you, please?
-I'd like half a kilo of cheese and half a litre packet of cream.
(200 g of butter and one drum of margarine; 300 g of ham and a kilo of frankfurters; a one-litre bottle of min-
eral water and a family size pack of yoghurt; a loaf of brown bread and two buns)
b) - What do you want in the line of meat?
- Can you give me a ten-pound ham?
-Yes, here's a nice one.
(wine – a bottle of dry wine; bread – a loaf of white bread; fruit – a kilo of bananas; fish – one cod; sausage
– 300 g of salami)
c) - Do you need any milk?
- Yes, three quarts, please, and a pint of cream.
(ham – half a kilo; sugar –1 kilo; fruit – 2 cans of grapes; jam – a pound jar of peach jam; fish - one me-
dium-size salted herring; vegetables – three tomatoes and a cucumber)
d) - How much do I owe you?
-That's £ 17. 20.
(20.34; 15.60; 4.80; 12.95)

15. Translate into English*

1. Пакет картошки, хлебный магазин, полфунта изюма, касса, буханка черного хлеба, десяток яиц,
банка мясных консерв, рыбные консервы, тележка для покупок, бакалея.
2. Банка абрикосового варенья, кондитерская, булочка, банка зеленого горошка, продавец, прилавок,
молочный магазин, пучок редиски, рынок, плитка шоколада.
3. Пачка масла, полуфабрикат, замороженные продуты, мясной магазин, баночка меда, кусок мыла,
рыбное филе, пакет муки, бутылка уксуса, разливное молоко.
4. Бакалея, сушеные сливы, коробка спичек, платить наличными, семейная упаковка, на витрине,
расфасованный, по пути, корзинка для продуктов, загружать.
5. Этикетка, овощной магазин, полка в магазине, заскочить в магазин, выписывать чек, сдача,
постоянный покупатель, рынок, гастроном, свежеиспеченный пирог.
6. Привлекать внимание, поставки, кусок постной говядины, супермаркет, торговый центр,
превосходный выбор, дешево купленная вещь, банкнота, касса на выходе, прозрачный лоток.
7. Загляните после обеда, у нас будет новое поступление. Боюсь, у нас кончилось масло и сахар.
Загляни по пути в молочный и купи пачку творога и литровый пакет молока. Давай пройдем вдоль
прилавков и посмотрим цены. Я не могу себе это позволить, слишком дорого. Посчитайте все
 63

покупки, кроме этих двух бутылок вина, вместе. У нас едва ли есть вермишель и рис. Где я могу
купить хрустящие финские хлебцы (Finn crisps)? Сколько я должен? Сколько стоит эта треска? Мне
кажется, что хлеб черствый. Я не буду брать это масло, оно несвежее. Покажите, пожалуйста, вон
тот кусок бекона. Что у вас есть из мяса? Зайди в овощной и купи 2 кг картошки. Я лучше буду
покупать овощи и фрукты на рынке – дороже, но лучшего качества. Пожалуйста, дайте мне бутылку
минералки, две литровые бутылки пепси и полуторалитровый пакет мангового сока. Мне еще что-
нибудь купить в булочной? – Да, пожалуйста, купи 300 г вафель или ванильных булочек к чаю, если
они свежие. У вас есть разливное молоко? – Нет, только в пакетах. Анюта, сбегай в бакалею и купи 1
кг соли и бутылку столового уксуса. Положите эту рыбу на весы, нет, эта слишком большая.
Пожалуйста, дайте мне две среднего размера камбалы. Взвесьте вон тот кусочек сыра, пожалуйста.
Вот ваша сдача с пятидесяти рублей. Обратите внимание на бананы, которые мы получили утром.
Яблоки будут доставлены завтра утром.

II. Shopping for Consumer goods.

1. Read this text and translate it.

At Our Department Store *
A visit to any department store or any boutique is a great pleasure practically for any woman and a tor-
ture (пытка) for most men. My friend and me visited our shopping centre several days ago. This large depart-
ment store occupies a four-storied building in the centre of our city. I think, a lot of shop-assistants work there to
serve customers. There are a lot of departments there. When we stepped into it near the entrance door there
was a florist stall. There we could see a lot of flowers and houseplants, pots and vases, books about flowers and
ikebana, chemicals and soil. Just a little further there was a souvenir department with the works of folk-craft,
Gzhel faience, laces, woodcarving and so on. We were dazzled. The next department was 'Haberdashery'.
People could buy there combs, pins, zigzags, buttons, ribbons and other goods. The department of 'Crystal and
China" we usually explore with great attention. I like fine china, especially bone china from Germany or England.
And that time we looked at all goods attentively. The last big department on the ground floor is 'Cosmetics and
Perfumes'. For men it's impossible to drag out their wives and girl-friends from this department. A lot of bright la-
belled boxes, jars, bottles, cartons with creams, shampoos, lotions, eau-de-cologne, perfumes, mascara, lip-
sticks, powders and eye shades. The women's hearts are on Cloud Nine if they can buy if only one item. But
that time we wanted to buy a summer dress for my friend and trousers suit for me. We simply looked around the
other departments. The first floor was occupied with 'Hi-Fi', 'Musical goods and records', 'Leisurewear', 'Knitted
goods', 'Sports Goods' and 'Hosiery' departments. In the 'Leisurewear' we saw very pretty swimsuits and track-
suits but the prices were ski-high. But in the 'Knitted goods' I found a jacket of my dream made of flax. And the
store gave a discount of ten per cent. Not much but still. The jacket fitted me perfectly. Of course, I bought it. We
don't play any musical instrument but records, cassettes and CDs always attract our attention. We spent the
next half an hour there listening to music and songs. On the second floor it was the world of textile and ac-
cessories of all kinds. In the department 'Leather Goods' we saw nice and rather expensive leather belts and
wallets. But we didn't like leather bags. Summer textile bags were better. The next department 'Millinery' was
given to all kinds of hats, caps, scarves and shawls. I remembered I needed a new pair of gloves, so I went into
the corner, where they were sold. There was sale that day and we both could buy fine gloves matching our coats
at a bargain. Just opposite the counter with gloves we saw 'Lingerie' department. Of course, we couldn't miss it
and examined it thoroughly. Then we went to the far end of the hall where there was 'Footwear' department. At
last we reached the last third floor where 'Ready-made Clothes' department was. We began to look for a sum-
mer dress and a trousers suit. We tried on a lot of dresses and suits. Some of them didn't suit us in colour, the
others we didn't like because of fashions. It took us almost an hour to choose the things to our taste. Fully satis-
fied with our purchases we left our department store and thought that the day had worked well, for sure.

2. Read this text and retell it.

At the Clothes' Department*
Of course, you buy clothes for yourself or for your nearest and dearest. Sometimes the process of choosing is
very long. And you can never say for sure if you are able to find the thing you like and need. Here is a talk
between a shop-assistant and a customer.
Sh.-assis. Good morning, madam. What can I do for you?
Customer
I'd like to buy a summer dress and a blouse with long sleeves.
Sh.-assis. Oh, we've got some pretty dresses. They were delivered only yesterday. I think they are rather
 64

stylish, but the price isn't very high. What size in dress do you wear?
Customer
I have 46 size in dresses. Oh, I see. Please, show me that dress over there. It's pale
green with stripes. This is just what I want. Where is the fitting-room? I want to try it on.
Sh.-assis. This way, please. I think it will suit you. It's of the latest design.
Customer
How do I look in it? Does it fit me? It seems to be a bit long for me.
Sh.-assis. It fits you like a glove. But… yes, it's a bit long. It's not a trouble. We can shorten it for you
here. We have a special service. By the way the material is very good. It's a mixture of polyes-
ter and linen. It won't crease and shrink easily.
Customer
Fine. I'll take it. How much does it cost?
Sh.-assis. The price is 1420 roubles and 25 roubles more for shortening.
Customer
And what blouses can you show me? I need one with long sleeves and of light colour.
Sh.-assis. Please, have a look at these blouses.
Customer
Oh, no. I don't like either the fashion or the colour. I think, it has come out of fashion
this summer and the colours are dull. Well, I have to search for it somewhere else. But
what is there on that hang?
Sh.-assis. These are summer suits – a jacket with short sleeves and a skirt. They were brought only an
hour ago. You see they are only of two colours – pale pink and olive. They are made of pure
silk. But the sizes are from 42 to 50. Would you like to try on one?
Customer
Yes, a pale pink one, please. …Do I look all right?
Sh.-assis. Yes, it's neither too tight nor too loose. And the colour suits you very much. But it is much more
expensive than a dress. It costs almost three thousand roubles.
Customer
Never mind. I'll take it too. Please, wrap the dress and the suit up. I pay in cash. Here
is the money.
Sh.-assis. And here is your change and a bill. Come to our shop the other day. We are expecting for
more supplies from Italy and Germany. And there must be blouses.
Customer
Thank you very much. Of course, I drop in at your shop soon. You always have a good
choice. Good-bye.
Sh.-assis. Good-bye, madam. Thank you for your purchase.

3. Read the text. Translate all the words and word combinations printed in bold.
At the Shoe Department*
The other problem is to choose the right pair of shoes. Here is a story of one woman about her visit to the
shoe department.
Last Saturday I decided to visit shoe departments of the 'Yekaterininsky' trade centre. I needed a pair of
court shoes and a pair of loafers. The first shop had a large choice of court shoes. They were made of patent
leather or fine lamb leather. But all of them were too tight for me. The only pair I liked was of 39 size; they were
two sizes bigger. So I went to another shop. There were no court shoes but all kinds of walking shoes, mules,
wedges, clogs, moccasins, slippers and trotters. Funny enough, but at once I found a pair of walking shoes
(loafers) of pale grey colour and trotters made of dark green velvet. The loafers were medium-heeled made of
very soft leather. I took those two pairs. And then I went further searching for a pair of court shoes. At last I saw
a pair I wanted to buy. I tried them on, but they were a bit tight. I asked a salesgirl to bring the other pair – half a
size bigger. While she was absent I began to look at sandals and soon saw beautiful ones. They were stiletto
sandals with golden stripes and of my size. The price was not very high. Soon the salesgirl brought me shoes.
They suited me. They were simple pumps of fine white leather with heels of 10 centimeters high. And again I
took both pairs. So my purchases cost me about five thousand roubles and they made a hole in our family bud-
get. I felt being spendthrift but could do nothing. By the way, I saw a very good pair of moccasins for my hus-
band. But now there are only two trouble moments: where to find money and how to manage to drag my hus-
band into that shop.

4. These are the verbs describing wearing clothes.

 65

A) To put on – надевать что-либо – The children put on their coats and hats and went out. Put on your warm
anorak, it's windy today.
To take off – снимать что-либо – On coming home he took off his street shoes and put on his old slippers.
When she took off her coat we saw she was in wonderful black dress.
To wear smth – носить что-либо – That woman always wears only dark clothes. Miss Maple wore black lace
mittens.
B) To have smth on – быть одетым во что-либо – He had a black suit, a snow-white shirt and a bow tie on. The
girls have on the same school brown dresses with white stand-up collars (стоячим воротничком).
To be dressed in smth – быть одетым во что-либо – Her small neat figure was dressed in scarlet. She is al-
ways fashionably dressed.
To be dressed up – быть разодетым – He was dressed up like a peacock – tastelessly and loudly.
To be dressed in one's best – быть одетым по-праздничному – My granny always goes to the church on
Sundays, and then she is dressed in her best. The children at the party were dressed in their best.
C) To try smth on – примерять что-либо – Try these shoes on, please. I tried on a lot of dresses but found noth-
ing suitable for me.
To fit smbd – быть впору, по размеру – Does this suit fit me? – Yes, it fits your perfectly. The dress fitted her
like a glove. The trousers don't fit, they are too loose on him.
To suit smbd – идти, быть к лицу (используется во всех почти ситуациях) – This hat doesn't suit me. That
trench-coat suited her very well. I love you in this suit, it really suits you.
To become smbd – идти кому-либо (об одежде), быть к лицу – The dress becomes you. She bought a dark
green chiffon dress that becomes her.
To match smth – соответствовать, гармонировать по тону, по цвету – This tie matches the colour of you
shirt. I want something to match this cloth.
To go with smth – подходить к чему-либо, гармонировать, сочетаться с чем-либо – The blue scarf goes
well with your blouse. I like the way the blue carpet goes with the gold curtains.

5. Make sentences according to the model.*

A) Model: I need a new pair of gloves. My son needs sandals.
He – cotton shorts and a T-shirt. My friend – evening full dress made of taffeta. My mum – a tweed suit for win-
ter. My child – gay mittens and a scarf made of wool. I – a summer frock with pattern. My elder brother – a
black suit and a bow tie. My dad – a sweater and high rubber boots for fishing. My small daughter – a dress
with a frill (c оборкой). My elder son – a jump suit (комбинезон) with a lot of pockets (карманов). My granny –
low-heeled wedges. I – a broad-brimmed (широкополая) straw hat.
B) Model: What is this suit made of? – It's made of wool.
Pumps – soft cream leather. Hat – polar fox fur. Blouse – shrinkproof rayon. Shirt – poplin. Stiletto shoes –
patent leather. Tea set – bone china. Tie – pure silk. Coat – cashmere wool. Goblets – Bohemian crystal. Slip-
pers – soft pink velvet. Belt – crocodile leather. Vase – coloured glass. Shawl – printed wool. Skirt – semi-
woolen material. Watch – waterproof. Full skirt – cotton print. Cardigan – acrylic fabric. Jumper – a blend of
mohair and polyester. Moccasins – suede.
C) Model: I'd like to have a suit of quieter colour.
An anoraс – more warm. Denims – more famous trade mark. A jacket – more stylish. Boots – of better quality.
Skirt – less expensive. Wedding ring – more expensive. A silk scarf – more bright. High boots – wider. A set of
furniture – of oak wood. Summer suit – louder (ярче по цвету). A suit for work – darker. A shirt – of solid colour
(однотонной окраски). Blouse – trimmed with laces (отделанная кружевом).
D) Model: Please, show me a gold ring with a diamond of size 17.
White clogs of size 37. Fur coat of dark colour. A dress for a girl with lace trimming (с кружевной отделкой).
Gold signet ring (кольцо с печаткой). Studs with amber (клипсы с янтарем). Ceramic set of mugs. Felt
(фетровую) hat with ribbon trimming. Cotton knee-length socks for a child of size 16. Satin dressing gown
(атласный халат). Sandy corduroys (вельветовые брюки).

6. Fill in the missing parts of the dialogue.

Sh.-assis. What can I do for you?
Customer: .....
Sh.-assis. What kind of shoes do want madam?
Customer: .....
Sh.-assis. What size are you?
Customer: .....
 66

Sh.-assis. Here is a pair of your size. Try them on.

Customer: .....
Sh.-assis. Here is another pair. Do they fit you?
Customer: .....
Sh.-assis. Twenty pounds, fifty-five pence, madam.
Customer: .....
Sh.-assis. You can pay at the cash desk.

7. Read this text and retell it.

At the Jeweller's*
Our Mum is going to celebrate her 70th anniversary. And we, her nearest and dearest, have decided to
present her something unusual for the jubilee. After a long discussion we agreed to buy some jewellery and to
send her to St. Petersburg – the city of her youth (of course with a chaperon). Settling this we went to the jew-
eller's. As for me I was dazzled. A lot of different brooches, pendants, rings, earrings, chains, strings of pearl
beads and so on were put in their velvet nests. We didn't look at silver things – they are better for young girls but
mainly pay attention to gemstones mounted in gold. We asked to have a look at several rings and earrings with
diamonds, emeralds, and sapphires. They were beautiful but we were searching for something special. We re-
membered the gem of our mum was ruby and asked a sales-girl to show us a ring and earrings with it. She
opened one box and we saw a wonderful set – earrings, a bracelet and a ring. And the size of the ring was right.
The set was marvellous! The rubies were of clear colour and gold was of high quality. We were very glad. My re-
latives left me after purchasing and I began to look at silver things for my two daughters. At last I bought a silver
bangle and a silver ring with a pearl for one and a thin silver chain and a ring with a moonstone for the other. For
myself I found an elegant coral string of beads. I was glad with my purchases too.

What gemstones do you know? Can you name them? What is your favourite one?

8. Fill in the missing words.

1. The __ she wore must have cost close to a million (драгоценности). 2. Ann removed her __, her __, her __,
her __, and her __ placed her jewels in the __ bag (серьги, кольца, браслет, брошь, ожерелье, кожаный). 3.
I gave her a little Austrian __ on a __ __ that used to belong to my mother and she's going to __ it around her __
as a good luck charm (медальон, золотая цепочка, носить, шея). 4. Inside was an oval-shaped antique __
circled with __ (золотые часы, бриллианты). 5. The only __ of __ he had ever seen her wear was small __ that
she always carried on a __ chain __ her throat (драгоценность, золотой крест, тонкий, вокруг). 6. She wore
the __ ear __ Neal and her mother had given her for her twenty-first birthday (рубин, клипсы).
charm – амулет, брелок oval-shaped – овальной формы клипсы – studs
медальон – medallion, locket золотой крест – golden cross

9. Read this story. What goods did Dasha’s mother buy for her daughter?
At the stationer's*
My daughter is going to school this year. And we begin our preparations for such a great event. Yester -
day I with my daughter Dasha went to the stationer's. We wanted to buy all pencils and pens, copy-books and
albums she would need at school. And I needed something for work. It was very interesting to watch her in the
shop – she wanted to buy everything. And the choice was rather rich. All goods were displayed on the racks so
we could take them ourselves. There was a long discussion what to buy for her – a school bag or a satchel.
Dasha wanted a school bag we preferred a satchel. But all arguments disappeared when she saw a satchel with
her favourite cartoons' characters on the surface and a lot of departments and pockets inside it. She wanted
nothing but that one. Of course, I bought it. Then we chose a sketch-book / album for drawing, ten lined / ruled
copy-books and ten checked copy-books. For myself I took a thick checked exercise-book. After that we paid at-
tention to all kinds of pens and pencils. For the daughter I took two graphite pens, neither very soft nor very
hard, and a set of 24 coloured pencils / crayons for drawing. Then she asked me to buy a huge set of coloured
felt-tip pens (As far as I remember there were 36 of them). And we both needed ballpoint pens. For her I took
two pens with dark blue ink and for me a set of three pens with blue, black and red ink. A bit later I took from the
rack a plastic transparent bag for Dasha's copy-books and a document file for my papers. Dasha chose a ruler,
two funny erasers shaped like bears and a small triangle. I added a pencil sharpener, a glue stick, scissors, a
set of cardboard and a set of coloured papers, a box of plasticine. Then I saw a counter with different markers
and neon hi-litters. I chose transparent blue, yellow, orange and pink markers. But when we came up to the
counter with colours and brushes I was struck. I had never seen such a variety of colours. There were jars of
 67

gouache, tubes of oil paints, boxes of watercolours, sticks of pastel, Indian ink, and a lot of different brushes. It
was very difficult to choose something and a shop-assistant helped us to cope with it. Just at the last moment I
remembered that I needed a box of drawing-pins, a box of paper-fasteners with a new stapler, correcting fluid
and a roll of sticking tape. I had decided to buy a new electronic pocket calculator some other time. When I was
going to the cash-desk I saw my daughter sitting on the floor making holes in her new copy-book with a hole
punch with great interest. As a result during only one visit to a shop I spent more than 2500 roubles. And we
must buy Dasha clothes for school, a tracksuit and a new pair of shoes and a pair of trainers more. To have a
child of seven just before school is a great trouble and problem, but a great joy at the same time too.

10. Translate into English*

1.Покажите мне, пожалуйста, летние туфли на среднем каблуке. 2. Могу я вам помочь? 3. Я бы хотела
посмотреть какую-нибудь рубашку 42 размера. 4. Сколько стоит этот тренчкот? 5. Какой ваш размер? 6. У
меня седьмой размер перчаток. 7. Пройдите, пожалуйста, в примерочную. 8. Где можно купить шелковый
шарф? 9. Сюда, пожалуйста. 10. Мне кажется, пальто плохо сидит на мне. 11. Это платье мне слишком
широко. 12. Мне не нравится ни цвет, ни фасон. 13. Эти сапоги мне жмут в пальцах. 14. Из чего сделан
этот джемпер? 15. Цены в этом магазине заоблачные. 16. На вкус и цвет товарищей нет. 17. Не люблю
туфли на платформе (platform shoes), чувствуешь себя такой неуклюжей (clumsy). 18. Где ты купил этот
телевизор? 19. Где она нашла эту шляпу? Они давно вышли из моды. 20. Заверните, пожалуйста, мои
покупки. 21. Это как раз то, что я хотела. 22. Я давно мечтала купить такой чайный сервиз. 23. Этот
сервиз сделан из костяного фарфора? 24. Эти джинсы известной торговой марки. 25. Мы ожидаем новых
поступлений. 26. На лето я могу предложить вам топ, широкую юбку и жакет с короткими рукавами. 27. Я
предпочитаю натуральные ткани. 28. Мне нужен складной зонт не очень яркой расцветки. 29. У вас есть
в продаже шелковые итальянские галстуки? 30. Эта шуба очень хорошего качества. 31. Какие духи
сейчас самые модные? 32. Эта блузка сочетается с моим костюмом? 33. Эта шляпа тебе не идет. 34.
Эта отделка хорошо сочетается с платьем. 35. Скажите, пожалуйста, где находится отдел хозяйственных
товаров? 36. Сними свои драные кроссовки и примерь эти легкие сандалии.
 68

TOPIC "WHAT IS A TOWN LIKE?",

"GETTING AROUND THE CITY"
1. Read this text and translate it.
What is a town like? *
There are a lot of different places where people live. But this time we'll speak about towns and cities and
getting about them. Never mind (неважно) if it is a town or a city (sometimes the difference is only in size) every
one has something in common (общее). There are streets that can be straight or crooked (прямые или
кривые), long or short, narrow or wide (узкие или широкие). Short narrow streets that join (соединяют с) larger
ones are called lanes (by-streets) (переулок). The streets are often lined with trees (обрамлены деревьями).
They are lit with streetlights (уличными фонарями) when it's dark. On the sides of the streets one can see dif-
ferent buildings (здания): offices, museums, hospitals, banks, theatres, cinemas, picture galleries, libraries,
work-shops (мастерские), cafes and restaurants, institutes and schools, sport facilities (спортивные
сооружения) and churches (церкви), and, of course, dwelling houses (жилые дома). On one side of the streets
the buildings have even (четные) numbers and on the opposite – odd (нечетные) numbers. Usually every town
or city has squares (площади), public gardens (скверы), fountains (фонтаны) and monuments (памятники).
On the sides of the streets one can see pavements (тротуары) covered with stone or asphalt. There
pedestrians (пешеходы) can walk but they cross the streets only at crossings (перекресток). There are traffic
lights (светофор). Everybody knows that we can cross the street under the green light (пересекать улицу на
зеленый свет) and wait under the red light. But do we always observe the traffic rules (соблюдаем правила
дорожного движения)?
When a town is rather large there is public transport (общественный транспорт): trams, trolley-buses,
buses, taxis. In some cities there is a metro. And if a city is situated on (расположен) a river there can be river-
trams. You can get to the centre by any transport or on foot (пешком) if it's not very far. Some people live very
far from the centre – on the outskirts (на окраине) of a town or even in a suburb (в пригороде). When the traffic
is very heavy (большое движение) we can often get into traffic jams (дорожные пробки) which is very incon-
venient. In our country we have a right-hand traffic (правостороннее), but in England there is a left-hand traffic
(левостороннее движение). The traffic is directed (controlled) (движение регулируется) with traffic lights or by
a militiaman.
Usually towns are situated near or on the banks (берега) of a river or a lake. And people decorate their
embankments (украшают набережные), which are set in granite (одеты в гранит). Our city is on the Iset River.
Several bridges cross the river (мосты переброшены через). Especial proud of any town or city is their parks.
The more greenery (зелени) it has the better is for the inhabitants (жителей) of a town.
It's very interesting to go sightseeing about the town (осматривать достопримечательности). For some
towns a one-day excursion will do, but we can do the other towns for weeks. It's even more interesting if some-
body shows you around the place (кто-нибудь сопровождает вас) and tells everything.

2. Look at the names of the cities and say when they were founded. *
Model: This town was founded in 1374.
St. Petersburg – 1703 Dmitrov – 1164 Vladimir – 1108 Rostov – 869 Yekaterinburg – 1723
Novgorod – 859 Moscow –1147 Yaroslavl – 1010 Suzdal – 1024 Pskov - 903
Washington - 1801

3. Read aloud and give Russian equivalents of the following words and word combinations. *
A) Block; crooked; granite; straight; crooked; boulevard; fountain; canal; museum; pedestrian; embankment; ad-
vertisement; flowerbed; greenery; sign; bridge; shop-window; gallery; inquiry office; exhibition; planetarium;
zebra crossing; public garden; accident; monument; traffic jam; outskirts; militiaman; suburb; district; bush /
shrub; situated; slums; pavement; sight; capital; multi-storied; water-cart; announcement; incident; lamppost;
underground; by-street; thoroughfare; avenue; escalator; route; queue; pedestrian; passer-by; sky-scraper;
bookstall; dead-end; residential.
B) Well-laid out town; to reconstruct a building (street, town); request stop; to pave with asphalt; telephone
booth; to lay out a town; rush-hours; to go as far as; at a corner; to stand in a queue / line; on the outskirts of
the town; to pull down a house; house under construction; under the green light; to widen a street; to observe
the traffic rules; to pay one's fare; to go sightseeing; to do the town; to knock down; to run over; to meet with
an accident; streets are lined with trees; All change! All fares!
4. Translate into English. *
 69

А) Жилой район; тупик; рекламный щит; тротуар; витрина магазина; многоэтажный дом; фонтан; зелень;
музей изящных искусств; планетарий; ломбард; парковка; троллейбусная остановка; уличный
фонарь; газетный киоск; редакция журнала "Уральский следопыт"; спортивная площадка; четные /
нечетные номера домов; красивые фасады домов; светофор; оживленная улица; городской
общественный транспорт; бульвар; строящееся офисное здание; салон красоты; роддом; дорожная
развязка; уютный ресторанчик за углом; плавательный бассейн; косметическая клиника; книжный
киоск; типография; гранитная набережная; небольшое происшествие; восстановленный дворец;
аэровокзал; билетная касса; кладбище; концертный зал; окраина; маршрутное такси; пригород; театр
кукол; оперный театр; сквер с цветочными клумбами; красивая кованая чугунная ограда; машина
скорой помощи; телефонная будка; подземный переход; интенсивное движение.
В) Поливать улицы и дворы; сажать деревья; освещать; очутиться на окраине города; не успеть на
автобус; восстанавливать; подвезти кого-либо; снести трущобы; переходить улицу на зеленый свет;
воздвигнуть памятник кому-либо; делать пересадку; платить за проезд; стоять в очереди; место
занято; место свободно; расширять проезд; наткнуться на кого-либо; регулировать движение;
штрафовать за нарушение правил дорожного движения; потерпеть аварию; заложить новый
микрорайон; разбить сквер; попасть в дорожную пробку; подвезти кого-либо; взять такси; повернуть
налево / направо; жить в отдаленном районе; содержать улицы в чистоте; потерять дорогу; давать
указания, как пройти; украшать дома; идти прямо; пойти осматривать достопримечательности;
перейти на другую сторону улицы; вернуться немного назад; сделайте первый поворот направо /
налево; сесть на автобус; пересаживаться на другой маршрут трамвая.

5. Use the following adjectives when translating these expressions. Pronounce these words correctly. Do you
know the meaning of all the words? Make sentences of your own with these words.
attractive ancient busy noisy polluted splendid charming modern
crowded quiet heavy crooked historical huge restored famous
сильное движение тихий сквер загрязненная река
древняя столица оживленный перекресток великолепный вид (sight)
очаровательный парк современный деловой центр переполненный автобус
привлекательное здание шумная улица кривой переулок
огромный собор (cathedral) исторический памятник восстановленный дворец (palace)
знаменитые фонтаны

6. Which of the words below can you use to describe:

the buildings and architecture of the town? the atmosphere of the town?

skyscraper noisy romantic bridge concrete picturesque cathedral landmark lovely fountain dirty
busy exciting square old-fashioned greenery hectic shabby sophisticated church baroque modern
busy palace sleepy skyline dangerous industrial wealthy vertical suburb smart low cosmopolitan
gothic tall tower town hall block glass big out-of-the-way

7. Make up questions using the given model and the words below.
Model: - Which do you prefer, to live in a town or in the country?
- I'd rather live in a town.
 commute or live permanently in town  go by bus or by metro
 catch a train or ask somebody to give you a lift  hire a taxi or ride in a bus
 do a new exhibition or go to the cinema  drive or walk to the institute
 ask someone a direction or try to find your way yourself  stand in a queue or go away

8. Give advice using the models and the words below.

Model 1: You'd better ask for directions, we must have lost our way.
Model 2: You'd better not go by train; it'll take you longer than by bus.
 70

 visit this exhibition  hurry up

 move to another area  park the car round the corner
 take some driving lessons  look for a zebra crossing
 travel light  break the traffic rules

9. Try to describe one or two towns / cities using the words given above in exercises 5 - 8.

10. Answer the following questions.*

1. Do you come from a city, a town or a village? What is it like?
2. In what area is your institute situated?
3. What can you see from your classroom window?
4. What are the busiest streets in your town?
5. What can you see in a typical modern street?
6. Do you travel much within town? What means of transport do you use? How long do your journeys usually
take?
7. Do you ever use a season ticket or a travel card?
8. Who travels free in your town?
9. Can you drive? Have you got a driving licence?
10. What makes driving in a big city difficult?
11. What vehicles can you name in our towns?
12. Do you often lose your way in town or have you got a good sense of direction?
13. Are you fond of sightseeing? What places of interest do you prefer to see?
14. Do you often visit museums or exhibitions?
15. What places of interest attract tourists in your town?
16. What are your favourite places in your town?
17. Can you easily move to another town or city for living?

12. Read the sentences and translate them into Russian. Can you add anything to these instructions?
A) Safety in the City.
Never take lift from strangers.
Do not stay out very late, and do not walk home on your own. If so, walk along the centre of the path on well-lit
streets if possible.
Avoid empty underground platforms. Stay close to the exit if you find yourself on a deserted platform.
Never carry your address and keys in the same bag: your house could be the next target of a thief.
If you are threatened, give up your handbag rather than risk injury.
If you see someone who has been or is being attacked, don’t offer help, you may be attacked yourself, tele-
phone the police.
B) A Note to Pedestrians.
Walk on the pavement only.
Cross the street at special crossings when the light changes to green.
Look to the left before stepping off the curb and to the right when you have reached the dividing line.
Don’t stand between tram tracks.
If you are caught in the middle of the street when the light changes, stay where you are. Driver will have a better
chance to steer clear of you.
Cross only in back of parked buses and trolley-buses and only in front of tramcars, otherwise you may not notice
moving vehicles.
Remember that it is against the rule for a driver to signal except in emergencies.

13. Life in any city has its own advantages and disadvantages. Read the following story about the life in London.
Can you say the same about your life in Yekaterinburg? Can you add anything else? Explain in English the
meaning of the words printed in bold.
My Home – Love It or Hate It!
By Ali Khasan
I live in Blackheath in South London. London’s one of the largest and most exciting cities in the world,
and there are advantages and disadvantages to living here.
The main advantage is that there’s a lot to do and see. In the centre of London there are tourist attrac -
tions like Madam Tussaud’s and the Science Museum, and there are all kinds of parks and historic buildings. I
 71

suppose that we don’t always make the most of it. We only visit the places like the Tower of London when one of
our relatives comes to visit.
Secondly, London is a great place for entertainment. All the new films come here first, and if we want to
go to a pop concert or a big sports event, there is always right on our doorstep. And of course the shopping is
great – there’s everything from department stores like Harrods to Camden Market.
Another advantage of living in London is that you can travel easily and quickly across the city on the un-
derground. And we’ve got railway stations and airports to take you anywhere in the world.
Lastly, London is truly cosmopolitan. Students at my college are from lots of different cultures, but that
doesn’t stop us being friends. It’s good to mix with people from different backgrounds. It stops you becoming
narrow-minded.
But there are some major problems if you live in London. Like most other capital cities, it is noisy, polluted
and congested with traffic. The traffic problem is so bad that they have recently introduced a congestion charge
for central London. Drivers now have to pay if they want to take their cars to the city centre. Hopefully that it will
improve the situation.
Secondly, things are very expensive here – apparently it’s more expensive to live here that to live in any
American city. For example, if you go to the cinema in the centre of London it can cost you £12. And to go just
one stop on the underground can cost you £1.
But the worst problem about living in London is that, in general, people aren’t very friendly. Nobody will
talk to stranger or help people in the street if they are in trouble. They don’t trust each other, and I think that’s be-
cause they are scared of becoming victims of crime. London has the highest crime rate in the country.
But in spite of these negative points, I still wouldn’t want to live outside of London. It’s my home – love it
or hate it!

13. Read the text and translate it into Russian.

Yekaterinburg – my native city. *
Yekaterinburg is my native place. Though, when I was born it was Sverdlovsk.
Our city was founded in 1723 by Tatishchev and de Gennin by the order of the tsar Peter the Great as the
centre of the mining industry. The town was placed on the Iset River. It grew up very quickly and soon it became
the centre of metallurgy, machine building and jewellery. The name of the city was Yekaterinburg. Before the Oc-
tober revolution there were about 100 factories. There were also two gymnasiums, a mining college, two
theatres, many cathedrals and two newspapers. In the 19 th century the Society of the Ural Technicians and the
Ural Society of Nature Explorers were founded. Because of the large number of industrial workers in the city the
revolutionary activity was very strong. The Soviet power was established in July of 1919. And in 1924 the city got
the name of Sverdlovsk. When speaking about the history of our city, of course, we should mention one tragical
event that had happened in Yekaterinburg – the murder of the tsar and his family in July of 1918.
Our city became one of the greatest industrial centres of the country. New large plants appeared one
after another. For example, such enterprises as Uralmash, Uralelectrotyazhmash, Uralkhimmash and many oth-
ers were built in 30-40es. Many old plants and factories, such as Verkh-Iset Steel plant, were reconstructed.
During the years of the Great Patriotic War many plants from the western regions of our country had been evac-
uated here and our city became native to a great number of people. Now there are more than 300 factories and
plants here.
Yekaterinburg is a great scientific centre of the country. There are many research institutes, the Ural
branch of the Academy of Science of Russia, about 30 higher educational establishments, though only 14 of
them are state ones. Among them there is the oldest institute in the Urals, opened in 1917, the Mining Academy,
the Ural Gorky State University, opened in 1924, the Ural State Polytechnic University, the Pedagogical Univer-
sity, the Medical Academy, the Architectural Academy, the Financial Academy, the Conservatoire, the Law
Academy, the Agricultural Institute, the Industrial Pedagogical University, the Drama School (Institute), the High
Military College, the Forestry Academy and many others. There are more than 200 schools, vocational schools,
colleges, and lyceums. Many of schools are specialized in different subjects or have classes with advanced
courses.
Our city has old cultural traditions. The first theatre appeared in 1843. The Opera House was opened in
1912. Now we have 11 theatres in our city: the Opera House, the Drama theatre, the Musical Comedy theatre,
the Children’s theatre, the Puppet theatre, the Chekhov Chamber theatre, the Chamber theatre, the Variety
theatre, the “Volkhonka” theatre, the Study-theatre of Drama school, the theatre “On the Outskirts”. Our city is
the only one in the country that has two philharmonic societies – for adults and for children. Many famous sing-
ers began their artistic career her: Sobinov, Kozlovsky, Arkhipova, Gulyaev, and Shtocolov. The Ural Folk Choir
is famous all over the world. There are two professional ballet groups: the Provincial Dances and the Ballet Plus.
 72

Several newspapers and magazines are published in Yekaterinburg. Many writers and poets brought glory to our
city. Among them we can name Mamin-Sibiryak, Bazhov, Likstanov, Krapivin, Drugal, Kolyada and many others.
Our film studio began its work at the end of 50ies of the twentieth century. Many famous films were shot there:
“Strong in Spirit”, “Trembita”, Privalov’s Millions” and others. When speaking about our painters we cam mention
such names as Denisov-Uralsky, Volovich, Mosin, and Sterligova.
Yekaterinburg has rich sport traditions. There are many stadiums, swimming pools, gymnasiums, shoot-
ing galleries, sports grounds, and skating-rinks and ski complexes. Everybody knows the ski-jump complex situ-
ated on the Uktuss hills. Our volleyball team “Uralochka”, a hockey team, a boxer Konstantin Tzyu, a diver Irene
Lashko – all of them are well-known in our country.
Yekaterinburg has been changing its appearance rapidly. Our city is very attractive now: many streets
have become wider and cleaner. A lot of trees have been planted and in summer one can see multicoloured car-
pets of flowers in the streets, squares and public gardens. Our metro is not very long. It connects only several
residential areas with the centre. But it is one of the most beautiful. Not long ago we got one more station –
“Geological”. In 2008 we celebrated the 285th anniversary of our city. And on this occasion the houses of our city
had been repaired and painted. In winter our city looks much more strict and severe because of the colourless
sky, dark lines of trees and white snow everywhere. But we like our city in any weather, we like the embank -
ments of the City Pond, shadowy alleys of the Main Prospect (the Lenin Prospect), graphic lines of new districts.
But most of all we like the spirit of the Yekaterinburg citizens – their strong will, trustworthiness and their readi-
ness to help anybody if there is need. Our city is rich in gifted people. Many famous people lived in different
times and brought glory to Yekaterinburg. I am proud of my city.

14. Answer the questions. *

1. When was Yekaterinburg founded?
2. Who was among the founders?
3. Where is the city situated?
4. The centre of what branches of industry did the city become very quickly?
5. What was there before the October revolution?
6. What large plants and factories of the city do you know?
7. When were they built?
8. Why is Yekaterinburg called one of the scientific centres of the country?
9. How many institutes are there?
10. What is the oldest institute of the city?
11. When did the first theatre appear?
12. How many theatres are there? What are they?
13. Which theatre do you like best of all?
14. Whom of Yekaterinburg writers and poets do you know?
15. Do you know any of the painters of the city?
16. What sport facilities do you and your friends use?
17. Whom of the famous sportsmen of the city do you know?
18. Is our city attractive? Why?
19. What is your favourite place in the city?
20. What do you want to see your city look like?

14. You are a guide. Tell the visitors about the city.

Getting around the city.

15. Read these dialogues and translate them paying special attention to the words printed in bold.

Dialogue 1.
Anna and Peter meet at the tram stop.
A. - Hello, Peter. You are up and about rather early this morning.
P. - Oh, hello, Annette. Yes, I want to do some shopping before going to the Institute. What tram are you wait-
ing for?
A. - I can take either the 9 or the 15. I’ve been waiting quite some time already. I’ll wait a while longer and if no
tram comes I’ll walk.
P. - The tram should be here in a short while. The tram service is rather good here.
 73

In a few minutes the tram rolls up to the stop.

P. - It’s overcrowded. Shall we wait for the next one?
A. - Let’s walk up to the Metro station tram stop. It will only take a few minutes and the trams are usually
empty there.
They walk all the way to the Metro station and get on the 39. They find vacant seats and sit down. The con-
ductor comes up to them and says: “Fares, please.” Anna and Peter reach into their pockets for change at
the same time.
P. - Don’t bother, Annette, don’t change that note. I’ll pay your fare. I’ve got a pocketful of small change. Here
you are, conductor. Two, please.
A. - By the way, conductor. Does this tram take me to Sokolniki Park?
C. - No, it doesn’t. You’ll have to change to the trolley-bus next stop. Route No. 5 takes you right there. It will
be a ten minute ride all in all.
P. - How far are you going, Peter?
A. - I’ll go as far as Bauman Square and change to the Metro there.
As the tram begins slowing down Anna gets up and says good-bye to Peter. The passengers move up to the
front to get off the tram. The conductor shouts: “Step along, please!”

Dialogue 2.
The weather was so fine that morning that Andrew decided to walk all the way to the Institute. While crossing the
street he overtook Jane.
A. - Hello, Jane. Are you going my way?
J. - Oh, hello, Andrew. Yes, I believe so. I am walking to Sverdlov Square.
A. - That’s quite a walk. Why don’t you take the bus there?
J. - Did you notice that crowd at the bus stop? I can’t very well squeeze through. We’d better walk and avoid
a rush. I don’t like travelling during rush hours.
A. - But do you walk all the way to the Institute every day?
J. - No, I take the tram at the stop just round the corner.
A. - Good, then we can take the tram together.
J. - Oh, let’s hurry up. Our tram is coming up. This is a new type tram. Where is the entrance, in the middle or
at the rear?
A. - In the middle. The exits are at both ends.
J. - The conductor is approaching. The fare has become ten roubles and I can’t find my wallet in the bag.
A. - Don’t bother. Let me pay your fare. I have lots of small change. By the way, you haven’t missed your stop,
have you?
J. - (Looking out of the window) No, the next stop is mine. I’m going as far as Bauman Square Metro Station.
Where are you getting off?
A. - I’ll go a bit farther and change to the 20 or 48.
J. - I think it’s about time to be moving up to the front. I don’t like elbowing my way to the exit at the last mo-
ment.
They begin moving towards the exit.
J. - Ask that man to step aside, he is blocking the aisle.
A. - Well, we are at the exit at last. Really, it’s not very pleasant to travel in an overcrowded tram. Be careful,
hold on the rail, the tram is drawing up to the stop with a jerk.
J. - Thank you. This is my stop. Well, so long, Andrew. See you tomorrow.
A. - Yes, and you’d better look out when crossing. It’s a very busy corner and you may get run over. Bye.

15. Memorize these dialogues and act them with your group-mate.

Asking one’s way.

16. Read these small dialogues. Make your explanations of getting about the town from one place to another
one.
***
- Excuse me, Madam, I want to go to the University. Am I on the right bus?
- I’m going right up that way myself. You just watch me and get off one stop after I do.
***
- Excuse me. Could you tell me the way to the station?
- Turn round and turn left at the traffic lights.
 74

- Will it take me long to get there?

- No, it’s no distance at all.
-Thank you.
- That’s OK.
***
- Excuse me, can you tell where Cherry Street is, please?
- Take the second on the left and then ask again.
- Is it far?
- No, it’s only about five minutes’ walk.
- Many thanks.
- Not at all.
***
- Excuse me, could you tell me the way to the nearest supermarket?
- I happen to be going in that direction myself, so I could show you the way.
- Don’t go to all this trouble.
- Well, go along this street as far as the traffic lights, then turn right, cross the public square and you’ll see the
supermarket.
- Thanks.
- It was nothing.
***
- Excuse me, could you tell us the way to the Ramoda Inn? You see, we are strangers here.
- Let me see… I think, you’d better take a number 12 bus. It’s quite a distance.
- And where is the stop?
- It’s on the other side of the street at the post-office, only 50 metres forward.
- How long will it take us to get there?
- Not more than 20 minutes, I suppose.
- Thanks a lot.
- That’s all right.
***
- Is this Willow Street?
- I’m afraid not. You should walk in the opposite direction 500 metres and then turn right. It will be Willow Street.
- I think I can miss the street. Are there any signs?
- Yes. There is a large sign with the name of the street. And to that you will see a pub at the corner. Its name is
“Fox and Pheasant”.
- Thanks a lot.
- Don’t mention it.
 75

TOPIC 'THEATRE'
1. Read this text and say if there are any superstitions in other professions and among students. Retell the text.
Break a leg & other theatre superstitions.
The average person might be somewhat superstitious with some things, but thespians are known for their
superstitious nature. Probably the most well known superstition involves William Shakespeare's 'Macbeth',
which is often called "the Scottish play" by actors. The superstition says that any group putting on this play will
suffer bad luck, ranging from minor mishaps to major catastrophes! Not just performing the play is bad luck,
though – if anyone mentions Macbeth in a theatre or recites from the play, BEWARE! In addition to these most
famous superstitions hundreds of other theatre superstitions and rituals exist. Some are normal, others are
crazy. Take a look at this list.
 Do not wish another actor good luck – instead say, "break a leg". This comes from "bending a knee" (for
taking a bow).
 It's bad luck for an actor to receive flowers before the play begins, though flowers given after the play has
ended is considered good luck.
 Only fake flowers will be used on stage. Real flowers must be replaces too often because they can't get
enough light, plus some actors may be allergic to them.
 It is unlucky for an actor to knit while on the side of the stage. This is because knitting needles are pointy
and can rip expensive costumes, or the needle may fall on the floor and cause someone to fall onstage.
 It is unlucky to use real mirrors or real jewellery on stage. Why? Because both items can cause problems
with the onstage lighting, so fake mirrors and jewellery should be used.
 Before an actor takes the stage for the first time, it is good luck for him / her to be pinched for luck. This
comes from the old wives' tale that pinching is good luck.
 It is considered bad luck to speak the last line of the play anytime before opening night. This is because a
production is never complete until it's performed for an audience. So the completing line of the play
shouldn't be spoken before an audience sees the play.
 If an actress trips on the hem of her dress, she should pick it up and kiss the hem for good luck.
 You shouldn't whistle while you're in the theatre, especially in the dressing rooms. It is said that someone
will soon be out of work if whistling occurs in the theatre.
 Actors are very superstitious about ghosts at the theatre. Most theatres are reported to have at least one
ghost roaming about. Monday night is considered Ghost Night. Most theatres don't have productions on
this night so the ghosts will have their own night to perform their plays.
From "Speak Out", N5, 2003.
superstitious – суеверный knitting needle – вязальная спица
thespian – актер (устар. или ирон.) to rip – to tear
Macbeth– "Макбет" to pinch – ущипнуть
to put on a play – ставить пьесу (syn. to stage) old wives' tale – старое поверье
to suffer bad luck – быть преследуемым неудачами to trip (on) – спотыкаться (о)
minor mishap – мелкая неприятность hem – подол
fake – фальшивый, искусственный to roam – бродить
on the side of the stage – за кулисами

2. Do you remember your first visit to the theatre and your impression on it? Read this text and compare it with
your reminiscences.
The Blue Danube. *
As far as I remember it happened when I was about six. My mum decided to give me some taste for art
(приобщить к искусству) and started doing this hard work with all her heart and will (c пылом-жаром. со
страстью). She discussed that problem with all her friends. I listened to all those talks very attentively deciding if
that 'theatre' could threaten my peaceful and cheerful life. I used it to the full (использовала жизнь на полную
катушку) and didn't want to lose if only a tiny piece of my freedom.
Soon Mummy announced that the following Sunday we would go to the Opera House to the matinee. I
was upset because my friends and me were going to test a new ice-hill behind our house. But it was promised to
me that I could do it in the afternoon. So I decided that a 'theatre' was not such a bad thing. My curiosity grew as
the appointed day was approaching. My mum didn't answer my questions but only smiled. She knew quite well
that it was the only way to make me do something – to make me die of curiosity.
At last that Sunday came and we went to the theatre by bus. The stop was quite near the theatre and it
was the first building I saw getting off the bus. It was very big and richly decorated with plaster and different stat-
 76

ues. At the entrance door we were met by an attendant checking tickets and showing the way to the cloakroom.
There we left our coats and hats and then we began to explore the halls and corridors of the theatre. Every-
where were the pictures of different people and places. Some of those people were funny; the others were ugly
and frightening. Some women stood on the top of their feet and, of course, I tried to do the same immediately.
Luckily Mum managed to prevent my falling onto the floor. After that I tried to investigate what there was in the
lower hall and leaned over the banisters. And again Mum should catch me by the hem of my dress. I suspect at
that moment Mum decided that the visit to the theatre buffet would be much safer for my health. It was a very
good thought of hers. I was finishing my ice-cream when the bell began to ring for the first time.
We slowly moved along the corridor with all other people. But then a woman in a uniform opened one
door and we stepped in. We were in a small room without one wall but only a barrier. Near it were six chairs in
two rows. At once I took the seat in the front row and began to look around. I saw many rows of chairs covered
with golden-brown velvet, several galleries running around a huge hall, a very big hole in the floor with strange
sounds heard from there and something above that hole hidden behind a beautiful curtain. Mum began to tell
me about everything I saw around. And I was fidgeting trying to absorb the pictures, sounds, colours and smells.
Do you know that special aroma of a theatre – a mixture of dust of a curtain, perfume of women passing by,
colophony (канифоль) that musicians use to rub their bows (смычки), paper, glue and paint of scenery? Have
you ever enjoyed the richness and variety of colours, the sounds of the orchestra tuning up their instruments,
murmuring of people taking seats, their polite and light coughing and rustling of the programmes? I think at that
very moment, just before the beginning of the performance I fell in love with the theatre.
The third bell rang and the lights gradually went off. Soon I saw a man appearing in that strange hole; he
bowed, turned his back to us and waved with his arms. I was about to laugh but at that moment I heard the first
sounds of a charming waltz of Strauss and the curtain rose. And I forgot everything. Such words as soloists,
cord-de-ballet, scenery, tutus, all those ballet terms denoting different movements of dancers were unknown for
me. At that moment I was watching some beautiful fairy-tale. I was charmed, delighted; I didn't dare to move in
order not to miss something important from that magical action on the stage. When the first act was over and the
audience began slowly to flow out of the auditorium my sorrowful and disappointed scream broke that peaceful
atmosphere: "Mummy, I want more cartoons!" Mum calmed me down and promised one more "cartoon" explain-
ing that the dancers should have some rest and it would be nice for us to quench our thirst in a buffet too. So I
found the 'theatre' more and more attractive and exciting for me.
The second part of the performance was the same for me – catching music of Strauss, charm and de-
light, wonderful dancing and splendour and richness of costumes – all that made a great impression upon me.
When the curtain fell down after the performance all people burst into applause. The dancers appeared from be-
hind the curtain and bowed. Mummy called them curtain calls. Some people brought flowers and gave them to
the actors. Many people cried "Bravo!"
Wу got our coats and hats in the cloakroom rather quickly and soon left the theatre. All the way home I
could speak about nothing but the performance. I demanded Mum to get tickets to the theatre again. In the after-
noon I grandly (горделиво) told my friends in the yard about my visit to the theatre. And then we tested our new
ice-hill. So I thought that the day had worked well, for sure (день определенно удался).

3. Read the text.

I saw a miracle*
People like to go to the theatre. They try to make holiday for themselves. And when the play is good and
it is staged well and the actors perform wonderfully then that is a real holiday. And long afterwards we remember
our visit to the theatre.
Some time ago I had such a holiday. There are eight theatres in our city but the theatre for young spectat-
ors is one of the best in our country. We go there with great pleasure. There are plays staged for small children
and older ones, for teenagers and grown-ups.
That time we saw the play of the English playwright Gibson "Made a Miracle" (Сотворившая чудо). The
holiday began when we entered the theatre. Its beautiful building with large windows and a cock on the steeple
was brightly lit. The hall with a cloakroom was comfortable. We left our coats and hats in the cloakroom and
went into a small winter garden with a fountain in the centre. Then we went upstairs where there was a museum
of the theatre. There we saw bills, pictures of actors and scenes from different performances, models of scenery
to the stages. It was very interesting to read about the history of the theatre. When the second bell rang we went
to the auditorium. The hall had not any balcony, only stalls and a pit. But one could see the stage from any row
and place very well. We took our seats and had a look at the stage. There was no curtain and we could see the
scenery: a room of an old rich English home. Then the performance began and we forgot about everything but
the play.
 77

The play told us about a tragic life of a girl who could not see, hear and speak. She was like a small wild
animal. It was a great tragedy for the family to have such a child. The child was not a disabled from the birth, it
was a result of a severe disease. A young teacher, almost a girl came to that family to teach that girl everything
with the help of her own methods. It was a hard and very long job, but the teacher did it! She overcame the
trouble of the child and the dull resistance of some members of the family.
When the performance was over for a minute or two there was a complete silence and then the audience
began to applaud. We didn't let the actors go away for a long time. I noticed tears in the eyes of many people.
The performance made a great impression on us. Everything was perfect – the acting of the actors, the scenery
and the costumes, the light and the music. On the way home we practically didn't talk. Everybody understood
that we should think about what we had seen that night.

4. Find in the text the following words and word combinations.

Пьеса поставлена хорошо; актеры играют прекрасно; долго после него; драматург; петушок на шпиле;
был ярко освещен; афиши; модели декораций к постановкам; зрительный зал; партер и амфитеатр;
заняли свои места; преодолела; глухое сопротивление; публика начала аплодировать; пьеса произвела
огромное впечатление; по дороге домой.

5. Write fifteen questions to this text as a plan and retell it.

6. Can you name all theatrical professions? Read this text and check up your knowledge of a theatrical life.
What theatrical shops are there in the theatre? What do they do?
Behind the theatrical façade.
Have you ever been behind the wings of the stage? Do you happen to know what it is there? I have
never thought before how many people work to prepare this or that play for staging. Of course, we all know the
names of a director, a costume designer, a conductor, a choreographer, and the actors playing the leading
parts. But there are much more people working in the theatre to please us, to make that charming, fairy world.
My friend's aunt works at the musical comedy theatre as a literary editor. Last Monday Kate took me to
her aunt's place of work. She promised us to show the whole theatre from top to bottom. In the morning we were
met at the artistic entrance. We left our coats and hats in her room piled with different plays, bills, announce-
ments, portraits of actors in different parts and other theatrical things.
And we started our 'sightseeing' from the vault. I couldn't even imagine that there were a lot of mecha-
nisms helping the stage turn, go up and down and do other different things. It was the kingdom of two engineers
and several mechanics. In the far end of the vault was the store of scenery to different plays. It was a bit dusty
there but very interesting. We saw scenery to some estate and ancient theatre, to a forest village and a fairy-
tale. After one awkward movement of Kate something fell upon us and we cried from fear. But a bit later we burst
into laughter – it was a huge doll of a mermaid made of porolone. Coming up to the sewing shop we were still
giggling. But there we were all eyes (глядели во все глаза). I had never seen before such a variety of dresses
and costumes, so much laces and embroidery. We ran from one dress to another and wanted to try on every of
them. At last we asked the permission to put on one dress. I became an English lady of the sixteenth century
and Kate tried on an evening full dress of the beginning of the 19 th century. The hostess of these treasures told
us we looked charming except one thing – our hairdos were like two crow nests comparing with those luxurious
dresses and she brought us two wigs from the next room. We could hardly recognize ourselves in the mirror.
Kate's aunt had a camera with her and she took a picture of us 'for our grandchildren'.
Then Aunt Lena brought us to another shop. There we saw all kinds of shoes and boots and ballet shoes
too. In my childhood I dreamt to be a ballet dancer and of course I began to plead to let me try on a pair of ballet
shoes. I was given one, of course not new but old. I tried to stand up on the tips of my toes and did some "gra -
cious steps". It was the greatest mistake of mine that day. It was so painful! And later Kate giggled that I looked
like an elephant in a china shop. The masters told us that they had the measures of footwear of every actor and
ballet dancer of the theatre with their peculiarities. They also showed us the whole process of making ballet
shoes. I should say it is a job of work (тяжелая работа)!
Attracted by the sounds of the music of Legar we hurried to one door and peeped in – it was a rehearsal
of the orchestra. They repeated and repeated the same piece of music several times till the conductor told them
that at last they played exactly what was in the score (партитуре). At last we reached the last floor and got to a
huge room where painters drew backgrounds for different scenes of a performance. A very large piece of cloth
lay on the floor and two men painted something strange on it with huge brushes. We could not understand what
it would be but one of the men said it would be a lake and a garden and a pavilion. But we saw only multicol-
oured spots on the cloth and nothing more.
 78

At the end of our trip around the theatre we got to the stage. The greatest discovery for us was that the
total area of the stage is not less than the area of the auditorium and, maybe, it’s even more. At that moment the
stagehands were placing (устанавливали) the scenery for the evening performance. There was so noisy and
dusty that we thought it would be better to find a bit quieter place.
We found one in a dressing-room of one famous actress, Kate's god mother. It was a small and cozy
room with a sofa and a full-length mirror at one wall and a dressing table with a three-panelled mirror and lamps
on the sides at the opposite wall. Near the window there was a wide armchair where we sank down immediately.
Sitting there we began to discuss what we had seen. But suddenly Kate saw boxes with make-up on the table.
In half an hour I could hardly recognize her – she became an ugly old woman. Then we began to count how
many people worked to make a performance – from a producer to all stagehands. It turned out to be about 200
people of different professions to prepare a holiday for spectators every evening!
So, it was an unforgettable day for us!
 79

TOPIC "APPEARANCE"
I. Synonyms of the words usually confused by students

Beautiful – Handsome – Pretty

Beautiful – giving pleasure or delight to the mind or senses. Beautiful is applied both to the human face or figure
and to other objects.
f.e. She is not beautiful; her figure is too small and thin.
Handsome – having good proportions, well-formed; good-looking (of a man); having the kind of beauty that is
associated with strength and dignity rather than with feminine charm (of a woman).
f.e. He is a handsome fellow of twenty-five.
Pretty – attractive, pleasing, charming, but less than beautiful. It implies delicacy. So a tall woman with mascu-
line features cannot be pretty.
f.e. She is a pretty girl.
Note: Of all the synonyms beautiful is the strongest. Handsomeness and prettiness are to beauty as parts to a
whole.
Face – Countenance - Complexion
Face – the front of the head.
f.e. The eyes, nose and the mouth are the parts of the face. Her round face was beaming with happiness.
Countenance – the expression or the appearance of the face.
f.e. I made a countenance as if I would eat him alive.
Complexion – the natural colour and appearance of the skin, esp. the colour of the face.
f.e. a good / bad, dark / fair complexion
Thin – Lean – Slender – Slim
Thin – having little flesh; it implies weariness and disproportion
f.e. – She is rather thin in the face.
How thin you have grown! What’s the matter?
Lean – (of persons and animals) thin, not fat. The difference between thin and lean is that lean more often than
thin suggests a natural state.
f.e. He looked lean but healthy after his summer vacations.
Slender – thin. When applied to the human body, slender implies a generally attractive and pleasing thinness,
delicacy, gracefulness (and usually good proportions).
f.e. Rebecca resumed her work, and the green silk and the shining

II. Describing people

1. Physical appearance
The following words can be used to describe people. Write each word in the correct box. To help you
there are some words already in the boxes.
above average height has a moustache quite tall swept back
attractive in his/her early 20es quite young tanned
below average height in his/her mid thirties shoulder length thick, black
dark-haired in his/her mid to late sixties skinny with a fringe
dark-skinned just turned fifty straight with a parting
fair-haired plump muscular handsome
going bald pretty of medium build has a beard
good-looking quite old
Age about 30 elderly old young
Height about 160 cm short of average height tall
Figure / Build has a good figure slim well-built fat
Hair curly long short grey wavy
Other words wears glasses well-dressed wearing (describe clothes)

2. Character and personality

A. Here are 20 adjectives to describe a person's character or personality. Complete the sentences below with a
suitable adjective from the list. Use each word once only. Translate the sentences.
 80

affectionate bad-tempered big-headed bossy brave cheerful childish clever cruel easy-going
forgetful greedy honest impulsive lively materialistic modest optimistic pessimistic friendly
1. The Brown children were very ______ at school, so I'm not a bit surprised that they did so well at university.
2. Frank will never steal anything. You can trust him completely. He's so ________.
3. She won the race easily. But instead of boasting about it, she just said she was lucky. That's typical of her.
She's so ________.
4. They're a very _______ couple. They're always showing their fondness and love for each other.
5. As a child he was very _______ and used to hit and kick animals – especially cats.
6. She always wants a bigger share than anyone else. She's so ______.
7. Gloria's always expecting the best to happen. She's such an _______ person.
8. Paul is always so angry and irritable. I've never met anyone quite as _______ as him.
9. My cousin is always happy and smiling. She's such a _______ person.
10. We had such a warm welcome when we were in Denmark. I had no idea that Danes were so _______.
11. Most people are far too _______ nowadays. All they seem interested in is buying more and more things,
such as cars, TVs, and so on.
12. My grandfather always expects the worst to happen. He's really ________.
13. Don't keep telling Sharon how wonderful and talented she is. She'll get _______.
14. You'd better write his phone number down, Dave. You won't remember it otherwise. You know how
________ you are.
15. I could never be a childminder. Children are far too ________ for me. I'd be exhausted just watching them
running around.
16. He loves telling people what to do. He's so ________.
17. Peter never worries very much or gets annoyed. He's a very _______ person.
18. My husband's very _______. If he sees something he just buys it without thinking about whether we can af-
ford it or not.
19. Oh, grow up, Simon! Stop being so _______!
20. The police told her she was very ________ to jump into the river to rescue her sister.

III. Types of people

1. Write the missing word in the sentences below. Choose from the following:
racist acquaintance bachelor boyfriend colleague employee fiancée lodger motorist neighbour
optimist pedestrian pessimist spectator spinster tourist vegetarian widow employer partner
1. She is always expecting the best to happen. She is such an __________.
2. A person who watches a sport or a event rather than takes part in it is called ________.
3. Mrs. Brown has been a ______ since her husband died seven years ago.
4. Pamela and Frank have been going out with each other since they met at university. He is the first _____
Pamela has ever wanted to marry.
5. Amanda and I own and run the company together. She is my _____.
6. A _____ is someone who visits another country or district for a holiday.
7. "Is James married yet?" – "No, he is still a ______."
8. I work for IBM. They are my _____.
9. A _______ is someone who goes everywhere on foot.
10. She never eats any sort of meat. She's a ______.
11. Julie and I work together. She is my ______.
12. Someone who drives a car is called a ______.
13. He is always expecting the worst to happen. He is such a ______.
14. A woman who has never been married is called a _______.
15. Pauline and Brian have just got engaged. Pauline is Brian's ______.
16. If you work for yourself you are called self-employed. If you work for someone else, you are called an
_______.
17. He thinks British people are far superior to other nationalities and looks down on most foreigners. He's a
________.
18. Mary lives next door to me. She's my _______.
19. Tom rents a room in our house. He's our ________.
20. I don't know her really well. She's just an ________.
 81

2. Write the missing words in the sentences below. Choose from the following:
ancestor boss celebrity client customer heir invalid landlord opponent orphan pa-
tient predecessor refugee rival successor survivor gossip tenant twin victim
1. I rent my flat from him. He is my ________.
2. He has been driven from the country for political reasons. He is a ______.
3. Who had the job before you? Who was your ________?
4. Her appearance on a television quiz programme has made her into a local _______. Most people recognize
her when they see her.
5. Mrs. Brown comes into my shop at least once a day. She is a favourite ______ of mine.
6. Who is the person in charge her? Who is the ______?
7. his niece, Susan, will inherit everything when he dies. She is his only _______.
8. An _______ of hers, her great-grandfather, came from Norway.
9. The nurse told the next _______ to go in and see the doctor.
10. Peter Williams takes over after me. He is my _______.
11. My uncle is an accountant. Most of the people he deals with are actors and pop stars. Perhaps his most fa -
mous ________ is Mick Jagger.
12. Paula and Sally were born on the same day. Paula is Sally's _______ and most people find it very difficult to
know who is who, as they look so alike.
13. An _______ is someone who is disabled or very ill and needs to be cared for by someone else.
14. The only ________ in the recent plane crash near Paris was a nine-month-old baby. Everyone else on the
plane died.
15. In the 1992 American Presidential election, George Bush's main _______ for the post of President was
Governor Bill Clinton.
16. A teenager was killed in a fight outside a local disco on Saturday, but the police have not yet named the
_______.
17. Who is playing against you in the tennis match? Who is your _______?
18. A _________ is someone who enjoys talking about other people's private lives.
19. She became an ________ at the age of seven when both her parents were killed in a car crash.
20. She didn't own her house, she was just a _________.

IV. Read and translate this passage into Russian. Try to describe the appearance of the characters of it. What
can you say about their characters? Retell this text.

From "Books for the Baron" by John Creasey

Inside the house, all had been quiet until that scream. Now its echo followed the woman as she fled from
the study where she had found the Thing, into the great hall where the portraits of dead Lithoms looked down on
her, as if contemptuous on her fear. She fled up the wide, circular staircase still screaming, into the gloom of the
first floor and then into a wide passage, lit dimly by a tiny lamp at the far end, passing tall, dark, closed doors.
She reached the door which stood ajar and stopped running. She fought for breath now; her face was drained of
colour, her eyes were feverishly bright. She pressed one hand against her breast, where her dressing-gown
gaped over silk-clad mounds. She began to shiver.
Two doors opened.
From one came a tall man, wearing dark blue pyjamas; he was behind the girl. At the other, a short
woman whose grey hair was twisted on old-fashioned metal curlers faced the girl. The woman's face was shiny
with night cream, her eyes looked angry and alarmed.
The man switched on the lights in his room. The old woman clutched her dressing-gown and said
harshly:
"Gloria! What on earth are you doing?"
The girl stared at her, lips parted, blue eyes still reflecting terror.
"Gloria! Don't stand there gaping, tell me what's the matter?"
The girl tried to speak but could only mutter incoherently.
The man approached and rested a hand lightly on her shoulder. Although the June was warm, he could
fell the tremors shaking her cold flesh.
"Gloria!" cried the old woman. "Control yourself! Have you had another nightmare? This can't go on, it –"
"Steady," interrupted the man mildly. "She'll be all right."
He led Gloria into her room, the one with the door ajar, and switched on the light.
 82

The rest of the house was still and silent. In the room the man pushed a winged armchair closer to the
fire, then bent on and switched it on.
"Sit down, and I'll get you a drink," he said. "There's nothing to worry about."
"Nothing to worry about indeed!" snorted the woman. "She'll drive us all mad before she's finished. It's
bad enough by day, but if she's going to start at night, then I –"
The man, so tall and commanding, smoothed down his ruffled dark hair, and a gleam of amusement
sparkled in his hazel eyes. Humorous lines which had not shown before appeared at the corners of his lips; his
face was lean, handsome, tanned.
"Maggie, can you still make a cup of tea?" he asked.
"Can I what?"
"Make a cup of tea. That's what Gloria needs. There's a gas-ring in your room, and your secret hoard."
'Don't be absurd!"
"Don't be difficult!" said the man
The woman tossed back her head and glared, but turned and went out, her heel-less slippers sliding up
and down her rosy heels.
The girl Gloria was leaning back with her eyes closed. Her breath still came uneasily and her hands were
tight on the arms of her chair, the knuckles white. Her dark hair fell in rippling waves to her shoulders; there were
dark rings under her eyes, traces of lipstick on her lips and of rouge on her cheeks. The man moved, to face her.
"What was it, Gloria?"
After a long pause, her lips moved.
It was – horrible! It couldn't be a dream! I saw a dead body in the study I'd been sleep-walking again, I
suppose." She sat forward, stretching out a hand and clutching his; her fingers were icy cold.
"Why can't they cure me? It's horrible, John. Nobody seems to be able to do anything about it. I – I don't
think they want to! That's what it is, they want me to go mad! I hate them, hate every one of them, especially her.
They don't think I am fit to own Lithom Hall…"
"Whatever they think, you do own it," said the man, quiet and reassuring. "And you'll run it well, Gloria.
You'll soon be free of this sleep-walking. The best doctors in England are helping, you know."
The older woman came in, carrying a tray on which were two cups and saucers, a tooth-glass, a teapot
and a jug of milk. She carried them in front of her, the tray pressing lightly against her ample bosom. Milk spilled
over the side of the jug as the woman banged the tray down.
contemptuous – пренебрежительный, презрительный, высокомерный
incoherently – бессвязно, невнятно
hoard – запас, скрытый запас денег, продовольствия

V. Stories about different people.

1. Read, translate and retell these stories.

The colonel is a fine good-looking man. His hair is snow-white. So is his moustache. His face is cleanly-
shaven showing a bronze complexion. The expression of his face is kind though firm.
The colonel has three sons. Basil, the eldest of the boys, is seventeen years of age. He is a fine-looking
lad though not handsome. He looks very brave and strong. His hair is straight and black. He is, in fact, the son of
his father.
How very unlike him is Lucien, the second of age. Lucien is delicate, with a light complexion and very fair
hair. She greatly resembles her mother.
The colonel's youngest son is a quick-witted, curly-haired boy of twelve, cheerful at all times.
* * *
Among the passengers there were two who interested me very much. One, a man of about thirty, was
one of the tallest men I ever saw. He had yellow hair, a thick yellow beard, a handsome face and large eyes. His
face made me think of someone I had seen before but at the time I could not remember who it was. The big
man's name was Sir Henry Curtis.
The other man was short, stout and dark. He was always very neat and clean-shaven; he always wore an
eyeglass in his right eye, and he never took it out. At first I thought he even slept in it, but afterwards I found that
this was not so. He put it in his trousers pocket when he went to bed, together with his false teeth of which he
had two beautiful sets. (H. R. Haggard)
***
When the child was three, his mother was forty years old. She was tall and straight, and her figure was
graceful. She usually wore a simple black dress with a white collar round her neck. Her hair was black and thick.
 83

She parted it down in the middle of the head and gathered it behind in a simple coil. She had a small nose and
brown eyes which sparked when she laughed. She had small but strong hands which could do any work. ( Sean
O'Casey)
***
Edward Reigart was a tall pale man of forty. His face spoke of his cleverness and kindness. He made a
good impression.
But how different was his companion! He looked like a fox; his face was cruel and selfish. He was a short
man, thinly-built, but he didn't look weak. He had black hair. His large-nosed face was deathly pale. He was
about forty. (Mayne Reid)
***
Cedric was not tall, but broad-shouldered, long-armed and powerfully-made. His face was broad with
large blue eyes, open and frank features, fine teeth and a well-formed head. He was frank but of hasty temper.
There was pride and jealousy in his eyes, for his life had been spent in maintaining his rights. His long yellow
hair was not yet grey, although he was almost sixty. (W. Scott)
jealousy – подозрительность (here)
***
She was described as having been a very pretty baby, with bright blue eyes. She was, however, so
feeble until she was a year and a half old, that her parents hardly hoped to rear her. (Ch. Dickens)
***
She was a pretty young peasant girl. Her dark hair waved untidy across her broad forehead, her face was
short, her upper lip short, showing her white teeth, her brows were straight and dark, her lashes long and dark,
her nose straight; but her grey eyes were the wonder – dewy as if opened for the first time that day. She spoke
without shyness, in a pretty, soft voice. (J. Galsworthy)
***
Eliza was thirty-five. Her face was lean and strong, and her eyes were as clear as water. Her figure was
heavy in her gardening costume. She brushed a cloud of hair out of her eyes with the back of her hand, and left
a smudge of earth on her cheek in doing it.
Eliza started the sound of her husband's voice as she straightened her back. He had come near quietly
and leaned over the wire fence that protected her flower garden from dogs and chickens.
Eliza saw that he was a very big man. Although his hair and beard were greying he did not look old. His
eyes were dark. The rough hands he rested on the fence were cracked, and every crack was a black line.
***
Jon! Dropped from the skies into her canteen, stronger-looking, better knit; with more jaw; and deeper set
eyes, but frightfully, like Jon. (J. Galsworthy)

2. Find in the texts all compound adjectives. Translate them, give their synonyms and antonyms.

VI. Match the words on the left with the meaning on the right.
Adjectives:
1. curious A. thinking deeply about something
2. listless B. having no energy or enthusiasm
3. tolerant C. having or showing good reasoning power
4. pensive D. allowing other people to say and do what they think is right even if one doesn't
5. intellectual agree with it
6. tyrannical E. being able to stay calm and not get annoyed
7. patient G. unusual and interesting
F. acting cruelly and unjustly towards the people who one controls
Verbs:
1. totter A. make fun of somebody, deliberately embarrass somebody
2. bully B. walk in unsteady way
3. tease C. delight, bewitch, charm somebody
4. stir D. care lovingly and tenderly
5. enchant E. think about something a lot seriously and often unhappily
6. cherish F. excite somebody, make one react with a strong emotion
7. brood G. use one's strength or power to hurt or frighten somebody
Nouns:
 84

1. gap A. the state to be unable to understand anything

2. skill B. mental preference, liking
3. companion C. the ability to understand and learn things
4. intelligence D. a great difference between two things, people or ideas
5. predilection E. ability to do something well
6. mischief F. someone who you spend time with
7. incomprehension G. naughty behaviour of children, eagerness to have fun by playing tricks or by
embarrassing people

VII. Draw the lines between the pairs matching the words on the left with their opposite on the right.
self-assured calm
fat undelightful
dark-haired inferior
nervous thin, slender
delicious fair-haired
listless miserable
superior energetic
steep rough
smooth sloping

VIII. Draw lines between the pairs matching the words on the left with the words or phrases of similar meaning on
the right.
plump prematurely developed
tiny reasonable
precocious rather fat
sensible odd
queer exceptional
extraordinary convincing
cogent still
motionless serious
grave extremely small

IX. How would you describe a person who…

… likes to talk with other people? … gives his or her last to other people?
… looks on the bright side of the things? … hates to communicate?
… looks on the black side of the things? … never lends you money?
… has a high opinion of himself or herself? … never praises himself or herself?
… easily flies into rage? … never loses his or her temper?
… tells the truth to others? … cheats other people?
… is practical in approach to life? … is dreamy in approach to life?

X. What would you think of a person who says:

1. Ladies first!
2. I can't control myself when I should keep quiet.
3. I'm not easy put off if I have made up my mind.
4. I don't care for him. He is inferior to me, you know.
5. Whatever she may say I won't lose my temper.
6. Darling! I never grudge you anything, be it clothes, money, a car.
7. I always feel sorry for people who are in trouble.
8. I just love cucumbers with milk, Picasso's paintings and freckled faces.
9. I have got used to ten hours work every day. I prefer to be in the company of other people and have a chat
with them.
10. Whatever you may ask me to do for you, I will do it. Whatever you may say, I will forgive you.
 Use: He must be… She may be… He is likely to be…
The words given below may help you: Hard-working, original, sympathetic, quick-tempered, open-
handed, arrogant, well-bred, sociable, obstinate, self-possessed, tolerant.
 85

XI. Use your dictionary to clarify your understanding of the following idioms. Translate them. Make up a situation to
prove your proper understanding of each idiom. *
1. To throw the dust in one's eyes; 11. To have a big mouth;
2. Jack of all trades; 12. To keep a stiff upper lip;
3. To have at one's fingertips; 13. To know which side one's bread is buttered;
4. To cost an arm and a leg; 14. To put your best foot forward;
5. In the pink; 15. To cut one's teeth;
6. To keep your fingers cross; 16. To keep a weather eye open;
7. To have a ready tongue; 17. To have a cheek;
8. To be born with a silver spoon in the mouth; 18. To go out of one's way;
9. To be all skin and bones; 19. To feel ill at ease with smbd;
10. To pull one's leg; 20. To fly off the handle.

XII. Parts of the body appear in some colloquial adjectives describing various human states and characteristics,
e.g. 'heavy-hearted' means 'sad'. For each adjective on the left below find a word or phrase on the right, which
has the same meaning.*
a. stout-hearted 1. generous
b. tight-fisted 2. brave, resolute
c. open-headed 3. dishonest, liable to steal
d. hard-headed 4. conceited, self-important
e. big-headed 5. hypocritical
f. weak-kneed 6. silent, unwilling to speak
g. light-fingered 7. mean, not generous
h. tight-lipped 8. insensitive to criticism
i. two-faced 9. businesslike, unemotional
j. starry-eyed 10. cowardly, nervous
k. thick-skinned 11. over-romantic

XIII. Say whether you know a person about whom you could say that he or she is.*
1. as innocent as a babe unborn; 12. as melancholy as a cat;
2. as green as grass; 13. as free as (the) air;
3. as brown as a cherry; 14. as quick as fire;
4. as busy as a bee; 15. as true as God's in heaven;
5. as neat as a new pin; 16. as true as steel;
6. as obstinate as a donkey; 17. as thin as a rake;
7. as wise as an owl; 18. as poor as a church mouse;
8. as red as a lobster; 19. as cunning as a fox;
9. as pale as a death; 20. as bold as an egg;
10. as welcome as flowers in May; 21. as fresh as a daisy;
11. as slippery as an eel 22. as merry as a cricket

XIV. Find the Russian equivalents for the following proverbs and use the latter in a proper context.*
1. All that glitters is not gold. 6. Still waters run deep.
2. A good name is better than riches. 7. No bees, no honey – no work, no money.
3. A word is enough to the wise. 8. Can the leopard change his spots?
4. His fingers are all thumbs. 9. A little body often harbours a great soul.
5. Fortune favours the brave. 10. The difference between tweedledum and tweedledee.

XV. The following parts of the body are used as verbs in the sentences below. Put each one in its correct place. *
shin back foot finger elbow shoulder mouth thumb head head
a. I think we'd better ____ for the station. Our train leaves in half an hour.
b. It's your fault! Don't leave me to ____ all the blame!
c. There was a crowd of people there. I had to ____ my way through.
d. They decided to ____ their way round Europe. They're experienced hitch-hikers.
e. If customers ____ a book a lot it gets dirty.
f. I'm having my house painted. It's very expensive. I don't know how I'm going to ____ the bill.
g. Bob couldn't hear me because of the noise so I had to ____ what I wanted to say.
 86

h. He's very fit and strong. Watch him ____ up that tree like a monkey.
i. It has been announced that the Foreign Minister will ____ a delegation to visit China next month.
j. A large manufacturing firm has offered to ____ the Himalayan Expedition.

XVI. Translate into English. Retell them in English in indirect speech.*

1.
– Мой брат увлекается живописью, он пишет портреты. Вот некоторые из них. Взгляните. Как
вам нравится лицо этой женщины? Посмотрите, как оно выразительно! Большие, светло-
голубые глаза, темные брови, прямой нос, хорошенький маленький полуоткрытый рот с
белыми зубами.
– Мне очень нравится выражение ее глаз. Нельзя не любоваться тонкими чертами лица. А
какая очаровательная улыбка!
– А вот портрет молодого человека. Разве не привлекательна его внешность? Высокий,
широкоплечий, темные кудрявые волосы, смуглый цвет лица. У него выразительное лицо, не
правда ли? Добрые черные глаза, длинные густые ресницы, высокий лоб, четко очерченные
брови. И где-то в углах рта играет лукавая улыбка.
– Какой контраст! Его нельзя сравнить с мужчиной на соседнем портрете.
– Да, у этого черты лица грубые, тонкие губы плотно сжаты. Кажется, он никогда не улыбается.
Да и вообще, все выражение лица какое-то презрительно-брюзгливое. Очень неприятный тип.
2.
Он поднялся и попытался увидеть себя в грязном зеркале над умывальником. Вытирая лицо
полотенцем, он снова долго и внимательно рассматривал свое отображение. В сущности, он впервые в
жизни так разглядывал себя. Он видел голову и лицо молодого двадцатилетнего парня, но никак не мог
решить, привлекательно ли оно или нет.
Над высоким лбом – копна (а mop) каштановых волос. Ему не понравились серые глаза, которые
часто становились совсем голубыми… Ну что ж, это честные глаза, решил он. Сильный загар на лице
удивил его. Он не представлял себя таким черным.
У него была привычка сжимать свои пухлые губы, когда он сердился. Временами он так плотно их
сжимал, что рот становился суровым (stern and harsh). Подбородок и нижняя челюсть были сильными,
что несколько успокоило его. А белые, крепкие и ровные зубы, показавшиеся при мимолетной улыбке,
подняли ему настроение. Определенно, где-то временами, он походил на своего любимого киношного
героя – Джеймса Бонда.
 87

XII. READING RULES

I. Чтение гласных в ударном слоге.
I открытый II закрытый III гласная + r IV глас.+ r + глас.
Aa [eı] name [æ] map ar [a:] car are/ary [ɛə] Mary parent care
Ee [ı:] me bee she [e] pen er [ə:] her ere [ιə] here
Oo [əu] note [ɔ] not or [ɔ:]fork ore [ɔ:] more
Uu [(j)u:] tune [ʌ] but ur [ə:] fur turn ure [juə] sure pure
Ii / Yy [aι] time my [ı] sit myth ir [ə:] girl ire [aιə] fire
yr [ə:] myrtle yre [aιə] tyre
Чтение буквосочетаний.
ee [ı:] tree keep green igh [aı] sight light night might high right
ea – [ı:] teacher read speak i+gn [aı] sign
– [e] bread sweater meadow i+ld [aı] child mild wild
ass [a:] ass class pass grass i+nd [aı] kind mind bind
ast [a:] last past cast oo [u:] soon spoon too fool goose
ask [a:] ask task mask oo+k [u] book look
asp [a:] grasp clasp ou [au] count round found
alf [a:f] half calf [ʌ] young trouble country
alm [a:m] calm palm psalm [u:] soup group rouble
ant [a:] ant plant can't ow [au] how now down shower flower
all, alk [ɔ:] all tall call talk chalk [əu] know slow flow
a+th,n,f [a:] bath dance after oo+r [uə] poor
ai/ay [eı] rain main pain say may day o+ld [əu] old cold sold
ei/ey [eı] grey they rein vein o+ll [əu] roll toll
ie [ı:] field chief thief oi [oı] point coin boil
c+ei+v [ı:] receive conceive perceive oy [oı] boy toy
augh [ɔ:] taught caught daughter y+гл. [j] yes yard yellow you (в начале
слов)
ough [ɔ:] thought brought fought -y [ı] forty army heavy (в конце слов в
безударном положении)
au [ɔ:] August autumn author sauce our [auə] our flour
aw [ɔ:] draw claw oa [əu] coat boat road
ear [ιə] ear hear dear oa + r [ɔ:] board boar
eer [ιə] engineer pioneer beer er/or [ə] в безуд. пол. в кон. сл. doctor teacher order
eir [ɛə] their heir w(h)a [o] want was watch (в закрытом
слоге)
air [ɛə] chair air fair war [o:] war wardrobe
ew [ju:] dew new few qu [kw] question quite quick
eu [ju:] neutral qu+a [kwo] quantity squash
ear+согл [a:] heart hearth qu+ar [kwo:] quarter quarer
sh [∫] she shelf Sasha wor [wə:] work word worm
ch [t∫] chalk teacher match wr [r] write wrong wrap
x [ks] exercise fox box expect ture [t∫ə] picture lecture
[gz] ex'amine ex'ile sure [ʒə] pleasure measure
 88

ss [s] pass moss boss glasses c+e,i,y [s] city cybernetic celery century
s– [s] see stay past c+остал.б. [k] cat coat crane cut
– [z] physics exercise g+ e,i,y [dʒ] page gym giraffe
ph [f] phone physics g+остал.б. [g] plague grain gay gain goat
kn [n] know knight knee knife исключения – get girl give
j [dʒ] jam July ck [k] black back sock
s/t+ion [∫n] revolution mission ng [ŋ] sing song English angry
th [θ] three think thumb nk [ŋk] Ink mink think link
[∂ ] this they (в служеб.сл.и who [hu(:)] who whose whom
местоим.)
 89

XIII. WORD-BUILDING
Topic I. Суффиксы существительных

I. - er/or; -eer; -ee; -ist;

1.Verb + er/or = Noun. Образует существительное, которое описывает чью-либо профессию или занятие.
to work – worker to operate - operator to employ – em'ployer (работодатель)
to dance – dancer to act – actor to pay – 'payer (плательщик)

2. Verb + er = Noun. Образует существительное, которое описывает действие, производимое чем-то.

to grate – grater (терка) to open (tins) – tin-opener (консервный нож)
to cook – cooker (плита) to sharpen (pencils) – pencil-sharpener – точилка
to dry hair – hair dryer (фен) to wash (dishes) – dish-washer (посудомоечная машина)

3.Verb / Noun + ee = Noun. Образует существительное, которое описывает, чем занимается кто-то или его
социальный статус. В словах с данным суффиксом ударение падает на последний слог.
to employ – employ'ee (служащий, работающий по to refuge – refu'gee (эмигрант,
найму) беженец)
to pay –pay'ee (получатель денег, предъявитель чека) to refer – refe'ree (судья)

4. Noun + eer + Noun. Образует существительное, которое описывает вид деятельности, которой
занимается кто-либо.
engine – engineer mountain - mountaineer

5. Noun / Verb / Adjective + ist = Noun. Образует существительное, которое обозначает лицо, деятеля,
представителя профессии, последователя теории, метода, направления.
art – artist anarchic – anarchist journal – journalist violin – violinist
piano – pianist Buddha – Buddhist to type – typist colony - colonist

II. -ness; -dom; -age; -hood; -ship;

1. Существительные французского происхождения с суффиксом –age. Суффикс всегда находится в

безударном положении.
–age [ıdʒ] –age [a:ʒ]
'marriage 'village ad'vantage 'massage 'dressage
'passage 'postage 'image 'garage 'camouflage

2. Adj + -ness = Noun. Образует абстрактное существительное, обозначающее качество, состояние

sad – sadness happy – happiness good – goodness dark – darkness
great - greatness kind – kindness weak - weakness cold - coldness

3. Noun + -hood = Noun. Образует абстрактное существительное, обозначающее состояние.

brother – brotherhood neighbour – neighbourhood mother – motherhood child - childhood

4. Adj + -dom = Noun. Образует абстрактное существительное, обозначающее состояние.

free - freedom bore - boredom king – kingdom

5. Noun + -ship = Noun. Образует абстрактное существительное, обозначающее состояние.

champion - championship friend - friendship

III. – logy; ism.

1. -logy – обозначает название определенной научной дисциплины.

biology lexicology archaeology graphology
 90

2. -ism – обозначает определенное учение, направление в искусстве, литературе, общественную

формацию, особенность, состояние:
idealism Darwinism heroism realism

IV. –sion; (a)tion / (i)tion; -ity; -ment; -ance/ence; -ure; -th.

1. Verb + –sion; (a)tion / (i)tion = Noun. Обозначает действие, процесс или результат действия.
to form – formation to invent – invention to miss – mission
to educate – education to pollute – pollution to omit – omission
to qualify – qualification to oppose – opposition to revise – revision
to occupy - occupation to expedite - expedition to collide - collision

2. Verb + -ment = Noun. Обозначает действие, результат действия, средство, процесс, состояние.
to develop – develop- to achieve – achievement to employ – employment
ment to excite - excitement to enjoy - enjoyment
to agree - agreement

3. Verb + -ance / ence = Noun. В отвлеченных существительных, обозначающих действие, а также

состояние и качество.
to admit – admittance to emerge – emergence
to assist - assistance to correspond - correspondence

4. Adj + -ity = Noun. Образуется существительное со значением производить действие, выраженное

основой, или обозначает состояние.
equal – equality flexible – flexibility human – humanity
active - activity stupid - stupidity real - reality

5. Суффикс –ure образует существительное, которое в сочетании с гласными читается по-разному.

t+ure lecture picture s+ure pleasure measure
[tʃə] nature furniture [ʒə] treasure

6. Adj + -th = Noun. Мы используем этот суффикс не только для образования порядковых числительных,
но также для образования существительных, которые обычно связаны с размером или качеством. В
словах с этим суффиксом очень часто идет смена корневых гласных.
wide – width strong – strength long – length warm – warmth deep – depth broad - breadth

Topic II.
Суффиксы числительных: -teen; -ty; -th
1. Числительные от 13 до 19 образуются путем прибавления суффикса –teen. Этот суффикс может также
быть под ударением.
13 – thirteen 15 – fifteen 17 – seventeen 19 – nineteen
14 - fourteen 16 - sixteen 18 – eighteen

2. Числительные от 20 до 90 образуются путем прибавления суффикса –ty. Этот суффикс всегда

безударный.
20 – twenty 40 – forty 60 – sixty 80 – eighty
30 – thirty 50 – fifty 70 – seventy 90 – ninety

3. Порядковые числительные образуются с помощью суффикса –th. В сложных числительных суффикс

прибавляется к последнему числительному.
 91

исключения
1 – first 11 – eleventh 30 – thirtieth 452 – four hundred and fifty-two
2 – second 12 – twelfth 40 – fortieth 9286 – nine thousand two hundred
3 – third 13 – thirteenth 50 – fiftieth and eighty-six
4 – fourth 14 – fourteenth 60 – sixtieth
5 – fifth 15 – fifteenth 70 – seventieth 349-ый – three hundred and forty
6 – sixth 16 – sixteenth 80 – eightieth ninth
7 – seventh 17 – seventeenth 90 – ninetieth 5628-ой – five thousand six hun-
8 – eighth 18 – eighteenth 100 – hundredth dred and twenty eighth
9 – ninth 19 – nineteenth 200 – two hundredth
10 - tenth 20 – twentieth 1000 - thousandth

Topic III.
Суффиксы прилагательных и наречий

1. Adj – Adj+er – the Adj+est (Суффиксы степеней сравнения)

old - older - the oldest heavy - heavier - the heaviest
young - younger - the youngest large - larger - the largest
dark - darker - the darkest big - bigger - the biggest

2. N + y = Adj. Прилагательное обозначает качество объекта.

rain – rainy sun – sunny wind – windy sugar – sugary
snow – snowy ice – icy grass – grassy juice - juicy

3. N + ly = Adj. Прилагательное обозначает качество объекта или временные понятия.

week – weekly month – monthly year – yearly hour – hourly scholar - scholarly

4. Adj + -ish = Adj. Обозначает другое прилагательное со значением неполной степени качества.
white – whitish cold – coldish fever – feverish fool - foolish red - reddish

5. N + -ous = Adj. Имеет значение полного обладания качеством, указанным в основе.

joy – joyous mountain - mountainous danger - dangerous

6. N + -an / -ian / -ean = Adj. Образует относительные прилагательные от географических названий,

собственных имен.
America - American Russia – Russian Europe – European
Africa - African India - Indian Italy – Italian

7. N + -ese = Adj. Образует относительные прилагательные от географических названий, собственных

имен.
Vietnam - Vietnamese China - Chinese Japan - Japanese

8. N + -ful = Adj. Имеет значение полного обладания качеством, указанным в основе.

play - playful fruit - fruitful colour – colourful beauty - beautiful

9. V + -able / -ible + Adj. Прилагательное образованное от глагола с этим суффиксом имеет пассивное
значение.
to eat – eatable to read - readable to response – responsible
to enjoy – enjoyable to reduce - reducible

10. N + -al = Adj. Образует относительные прилагательные от основ существительных.

continent – continental nation - national logic - logical centre - central

11. V + -ive = Adj. Встречается у относительных прилагательных образованных от глагольных основ.

 92

to act - active to demonstrate - demonstrative to construct - constructive

12. N + -ic = Adj. Указывает на состав, структуру чего-либо, отношение к чему-либо.

drama - dramatic hero - heroic poet - poetic

13. N + -less = Adj. Данный суффикс имеет значение "не имеющий или лишенный чего-либо".
Прилагательное часто переводится с приставкой без- / бес-.
life - lifeless end - endless home - homeless

14. N + -en = Adj. Обычно указывает на материал, из которого сделан предмет.

wood - wooden gold - golden wool - woollen

15.Adj + -ly = Adv. При прибавлении этого суффикса к основе прилагательного получается наречие.
cold - coldly heavy - heavily nice - nicely

Topic IV. Суффиксы глаголов.

1. –ate. Обозначает действие, соответствующее существительным с суффиксом –ation.

to demonstrate to graduate to decorate

2. Adj + -en = Verb. Обозначает процесс перехода или перевода в состояние, выраженное основой.
straight – to straighten worse – to worsen black – to blacken

3. Adj + -(i)fy. Глагол с этим суффиксом имеет значение производить действие, выраженное основой.
to intensify to simplify to electrify

4.-ize / -ise. Со значением заниматься, становиться, приобрести качество, выраженное основой.

to organize to advertise to modernise
to recognize to industrialise to minimise

Topic V. Префиксы английского языка.

Мы используем префиксы, чтобы изменить значение слова. Но префиксы никогда не меняют часть речи.

1. Co + Noun / Verb. Имеет значение – вместе. Перевод – часто приставкой со-.

correspondent co-worker to cohabit
co-author coeducation to coexist

2. Over + Verb. Переводится чаще всего приставкой сверх- или пере-.

to overdo to overwork to overgrow
to overeat to overcome to overcrowd

3. Inter + Adj / Verb / Noun. Значение между-. Приставки пришла из латыни и на русский язык обычно не
переводится, сохраняя свой первоначальный вид.
international to interact intercom
intercontinental to interflow internationalism

4. Ex- + Noun. Имеет значение – бывший. На русский практически не переводится, оставаясь в

первоначальном виде.
ex-husband ex-champion ex-premier

5. Macro- + Noun. Значение большой. На русский практически не переводится, оставаясь в

первоначальном виде.
macroeconomics macrocosm
 93

6. Micro- [maıkro]+ Noun. Значение очень маленький. На русский практически не переводится, оставаясь в
первоначальном виде. Эта приставка всегда имеет слабое ударение
,microbi'ology ,micro'surgery ,micro'film

7. Mono- + Noun. Значение один. На русский практически не переводится, оставаясь в первоначальном

виде. Иногда дается перевод словами одно- или едино-.
monochrome monoculture monorail

8. Multi- [mʌltı] + Noun / Adj. В сложных словах имеет значение много-, мульти-.
multicoloured multinational multipurpose

9. Semi- + Noun / Adj. Значение половина чего-либо. Переводится приставкой полу-.

semifinal semicircle semi-official

10. Sub- + Noun / Verb / Adj. Значение – 1. положение ниже чего-либо или под чем-либо; 2. подчинение по
службе, низший чин; 3юболее мелкое подразделение; 4. передачу другому лицу
1. subway 2. subeditor 3. subcommittee 4. subcontract
submarine subtropical to subdivide to subjoin

11. Post- + Noun / Verb / Adj. Значение после чего-либо. Переводится обычно приставками после- или по-.
postgraduate postwar to postpone postscript

12. Pre- + Noun / Verb / Adj. Значение до чего-либо. Переводится обычно приставкой до- или пред-.
prehistoric to prearrange precaution
pre-Columbian to preheat precondition

13. Super- + Noun / Adj. Значение сверх чего-то, более высокого качества. Переводится приставками
супер-, над- или сверх-.
supernatural supermarket superman supercool

14. Trans- + Verb / Adj. Значения и перевод: 1. за, по ту сторону; через, транс-; 2. указывает на изменение
формы, состояние т.п., пере-; 3. указывает на превышение предела, переход границы, пере-, пре-.
1. transcontinental 2. to transplant 3. to transcend
transatlantic to transform to transgress

15. Under- + Verb / Noun / Adj. Значения и перевод зависят от того, к какой части речи они
присоединяются:
1. присоединяясь к существительному – ниже, под (образуя или новое существительное или
прилагательное);
2. присоединяясь к существительному, также придает значение подчиненности;
3. присоединяясь к глаголу или прилагательному, придает значение недостаточности, неполноты
недо-.
1. underground 2. undersecretary 3. to undercook
underclothes underfoot underdeveloped
underdone

16. Re- + Verb. Придает значение повторности или совершения действия вновь. Переводится обычно
приставкой пере.
to write – to rewrite to do – to redo to arrange – to rearrange to read – to reread

Префиксы с отрицательным значением.

Многие префиксы имеют противоположное или негативное значение к оригиналу.

1. Anti- + Noun / Adj. Значения: 1. противоположное первоначальному; 2. противо- .

1. anti-clockwise anti-fascist 2. anti-theft device
anti-climax anti-European
 94

2. In (il+l; im+m, b and p; ir+r) + Adj. Переводится обычно приставкой не- или без-.
in- il+l im+m / p / b ir+r
indirect inconve- illegal impossible im- irresponsible ir-
nient illogical illegiti- mortal regular
invisible inca- mate impolite im- irresolution
pable illiberal moral

3. Un- + Verb / Adj. Переводится обычно приставкой не- или без-.

unhappy un-American to unbutton to untie to unclose to unconnect

4. Mis- + V / Noun (отглагольное). Имеет значение неправильно, ложно произведено действие. Перевод
может быть выражен несколькими словами. Данный префикс имеет слабое, а иногда и основное
ударение.
,misad'vise – давать плохой или неправильный совет to ,misunder'stand – неправильно понять
'misprint – опечатка to ,mis'name – неправильно называть

5. Non- + Noun / Adj. Означает отрицание или отсутствие чего-либо или какого-либо качества. Данная
приставка всегда имеет ударение, чаще слабое.
,nonalca'holic – безалкогольный 'non,person – "пустое место" (о человеке)
,none'ffective – недействительный, непригодный ,non'smoker – некурящий человек

6. Dis- + Verb / Adj / Noun. Значения: 1. отрицательное, перевод – не-, дез-; 2. указывает на лишение чего-
то; 3. указывет на разделение, отделение; 4. усиливает отрицательное значение слова.
1. ,diso'bedient – непослушный, непокорный 3. to dis'tribute – распределять
2.to ,disin'herit – лишать наследства 4.to ,disa'nnul – аннулировать

7. De- + Verb / Noun. Противоположное значение первоначальному смыслу слова.

to decentralize decaffeinated to degenerate to demobilise

Topic VI. Compound Words. Словосложение.

Словосложение – один из способов пополнения словарного запаса языка. Чаще всего такое слово
состоит из двух или трех частей, которое функционирует как одно слово. Но на русский язык оно может
переводиться не одним словом, а двумя, тремя, и даже целым выражением. При словосложении в
результате может получиться совсем другая часть речи. Иногда такие слова пишутся раздельно, иногда
вместе, а иногда через дефис. На этот счет нет каких-либо особых правил, и, поэтому, лучше посмотреть
в словаре.

1. Существительные.
1. Noun + Noun notebook, schoolyard, science fiction, egg-plant (баклажан),
baby-sitter
2. Adj + Noun fast train, fast food, first aid

3. Word + Word + Noun если первые два слова употребляются как

прилагательные, то между ними обычно ставится дефис:
one-parent family, ready-made meal, life-support system

4. Noun + Prep + Noun mother-in law, daughter-in-law, commander-in-chief, lily-of-the-

valley

5. Комбинация из нескольких слов, где merry-go-round (карусель), forget-me-not (незабудка),

вообще нет существительного touch-me-not (недотрога)

2. Глаголы.
Таких совсем мало. Например:
 95

Adj + Verb to whitewash (white + wash) - белить

3. Прилагательные.
Они состоят из двух частей и пишутся через дефис. Разнообразие таких прилагательных велико, и,
поэтому, довольно сложно привести их в какую-то систему.
Adj + Adj red-hot
Noun + Adj duty-free brand-new
Adj + Ving good-looking tight-fitting
Adj + V3 old-fashioned well-built
Adj + Noun + -ed absent-minded cold-hearted
Numeral + Noun + -ed one-eyed four-wheeled
Noun + Adj snow-white
Noun + V3 hand-made man-made
□ + Preposition broken-down well-off run-down built-up

4. Наречия. Пишутся обычно вместе.

somewhere everywhere nowhere afterwards

5. Предлоги.
Onto into inside outside throughout without

Topic VII. Составные выражения.

Они состоят из двух или более слов, и на русский язык могут переводиться как одним словом, так и
целым выражением.

1. Фразовые глаголы – то есть комбинация глагола с предлогом или предлогами. При употреблении
различных предлогов значения одного и того же глагола будут совершенно разными.
to look – смотреть to look up – смотреть слово в словаре
to look after – присматривать Look out! – Берегись!

2. Наречия.
at last – наконец inside out - наизнанку at least – по крайней мере as well - вдобавок

3. Предлоги. В качестве предлогов употребляются некоторые словосочетания.

by means of - посредством in front of – перед чем-либо
according to – в соответствии с instead of – вместо

Topic XI. Конверсия слов.

Конверсия слов (безаффиксальное словообразование) – один из главных способов

словообразования в английском языке. При конверсии новые слова возникают без изменения основной
формы слов, из которых они образуются, т.е., слово употребляется в качестве другой части речи,
приобретая при этом все свойства этой другой части речи.

В английском языке есть примеры, когда разные части речи имеют одинаковое написание. Очень
часто они произносятся одинаково.
love – любовь (существительное) to love – любить (глагол)
work – работа (существительное) to work – работать (глагол)
clean – чистый (прилагательное) to clean – чистить (глагол)
dry – сухой (прилагательное) to dry – сушить (глагол)

Но иногда произношение, ударение не совпадают, несмотря на одинаковое написание. Ударение на

первый слог, даже если он префикс, в этих случаях характерно для существительных и прилагательных.
В глаголах и наречиях ударения смещаются на последующие слоги.
increase ['ınkrı:s] n – прирост increase [ın'krı:s] v – увеличиваться
 96

produce ['prɔdju:s] n – сельхозпродукция produce [prɔ'dju:s] v – производить

conduct ['kɔndʌkt] n – поведение conduct [kɔn'dʌkt] v – проводить
export ['ekspɔ:t] n – вывоз, экспорт export [ıks'pɔ:t] v – экспортировать
perfect ['pə:fıkt] adj – совершенный perfect [pə:'fekt] v – совершенствовать

Сокращение
Сокращение (усечение) основы слова – это способ словообразования, при котором исходное слово
теряет один или несколько слогов. В результате образуется новое слово, часто разговорное, с тем же
значением.
vacation [və'keiʃn] – vac [væk] – каникулы telephone ['telıfoun] – phone ['foun] – телефон
laboratory [lə'bɔrətərı] – lab [læb] – лаборатория examination [ıg,zæm'neʃn] – exam [ıg'zæm] – экзамен
 97

XIV. MISCELLANEOUS
I. COLOURS
BASIC COLOURS AND SHADES
blue – синий dark – темный, темно –
brown – коричневый dull - тусклый
green – зеленый faded - выцветший, блеклый
grey – серый gaudy – кричащий
lilac - сиреневый gay – пестрый
orange – оранжевый light – светлый, светло-
pink – розовый mat – матовый
red – красный dead surface – матовая поверхность
rosy – розовый dead gold – матовое золото
violet – фиолетовый frosted glass - матовое стекло
white – белый mat skin – матовая кожа
yellow – желтый pale – бледный, бледно -
change/play of colours – отлив, оттенок цвета, игра
bronzed / tanned - бронзовый красок
copper – медный lustre - блеск
golden – золотистый tint – оттенок
leaden-coloured – свинцовый tincture – оттенок, примесь
silver – серебристый shade - оттенок
hue – оттенок
bright – яркий, ярко – shot with gold – с золотым отливом
coarse / rough – аляповатый to be shot with green – отливать зеленью
WHITE
dazzling white – ослепительно белый pearl – жемчужный
flaxen – льняной snow white - белоснежный
off white – белесый whitish – беловатый
BLACK
asphalt black – цвета асфальта greyish black – маренго
charcoal – ч.древесного угля jet-black – черный как смоль
coal-black – угольно-черный raven black – иссиня черный
ebony – эбеновый
GREY
ash(y) –пепельный smoke-coloured – дымчатый
greyish black – маренго smoky – дымчатый
GREEN
apple-green – яблочно-зеленый nephrite – нефритовый
bottle-green - бутылочный olive-green – оливковый
emerald – изумрудный pea-green/grey-green – гороховый
khaki – хаки pistachio-coloured – фисташковый
mint – голубовато-зеленый
BROWN
beige – бежевый mace – цв. мускатного ореха
biscuit – бисквитный (светло-коричневый) mahogany – махогоновый (красновато-коричневый)
chestnut coloured – каштанового цвета nut-brown – ореховый
chocolate coloured – шоколадный ochre – охристый
cinnamon – желтовато-коричневый (цвета корицы) raddle – красная охра
coffee coloured – кофейный rusty – ржавый
fawn – желтовато-коричневый toffee brown – светло-коричневый
hazel – ореховый (красновато-кор., св.-коричневый)
YELLOW
amber-coloured – янтарный ochre – охристый, коричневато-желтый
apricot – абрикосовый orange - оранжевый
canary-yellow – канареечный pale yellow – бледно-желтый
 98

carrot – морковный (с красноватым оттенком) peachy – персиковый

cream – кремовый sandy - песочный
golden – золотистый straw-coloured – соломенный
mastic – бледно-желтый vanilla – цвета ванили
RED
bilberry-coloured - брусничный maroon – темно-бордовый
brick-red - кирпичный pink – розовый
cherry-coloured – вишневый, гранатовый poppy red – маков цвет
cinnabar – киноварь purple – багряный, пурпурный
claret-coloured – бордовый red-brown – коричневато-красный
copper-coloured – медный rose/rosy – розовый
cranberry coloured – клюквенный scarlet – алый (a very bright red)
crimson – пунцовый, малиновый vermilion – алый, киноварь
cyclamen – цикламеновый
BLUE
aquamarine – аквамариновый (морской волны) mauve – розовато-лиловатый
Aubergine/ egg-plant coloured – баклажанный mazarine – темно-синий
azure – лазурный navy – очень темно-синий
bluish – сизый pale/light blue – бледно-голубой
cobalt – темно-синий (теплого оттенка) Prussian blue – берлинская лазурь (холодный
cornflower blue – васильковый синий)
dove-coloured – сизый sky-blue – небесно-голубой
indigo – индиго (яркий темно-синий) ultramarine – ультрамарин (глубокий темно-синий
lavender – бледно-лиловый цвет теплого оттенка)
lilac – сиреневый violet – темно- лиловый, фиолетовый
lilac-tinged – лиловатый warm-grey – сизый
 99

II. GEMSTONES AND JEWELLERY

agate – агат hornblende – роговая обманка
fire ~ - 1. огненный агат
2. халцедон hyacinth ['haıəsınθ] – гиацинт
moss ~ - моховой агат
alexandrite – александрит hyalite - ['haıəlaıt] – бесцветный опал, гиалит
almandine – альмандин
amazonite – амазонит
amber – янтарь ivory – слоновая кость
amethyst – аметист
aquamarine – аквамарин
asteria – звездный камень
aventurine – авантюрин jacinth ['dʒæsınθ] – гиацинт
azurite – лазурит
jasper – яшма
barite – барит jade – жадеит
beryl – берилл
beryllonite – бериллонит jet – 1. гагат; 2. черный янтарь
bloodstone – кровавик
brazilianite – бразилианит the jet set – элита; сливки общества

cachlong – кахолонг
cairngorm – карнгом kimberlite – кимберлит
carbuncle ['ka:bʌŋkl] – карбункул
cat's eye – кошачий глаз kunzite – кунцит
chalcedony – халцедон
charoite – чароит
chiastolite – хиастолит labradorite – лабрадорит
chrome-diopside – хромодиопсид
chrysoberyl – хризоберилл lapis-lazuli – ляпис-лазурь; лазурит
chrysolite – хризолит
chrysoprase – хризопраз
chrysocolla – хризокола malachite – малахит
citrine – цитрин
coral – коралл moonstone – лунный камень
corundum – корунд
cornelian – сердолик morion – морион
cyanite – кианит
morganite – морганит
diamond – 1. бриллиант, 2. алмаз
mother-of-pearl – перламутр
diopside – диопсид
dioptase – диоптаз
emerald – изумруд
epidote – эпидот nacre ['neıkə] – перламутр
euclase – эвклаз
nephrite – нефрит
feldspar – полевой шпат
fluorite – флюорит
obsidian – обсидиан
gagate – гагат
olivine – оливин
galenite – галенит
garnet – гранат опух – оникс
grossular(ite) – гроссуляр
opal – опал
hawk's eye – соколиный глаз common ~ - обыкновенный ~
heliodor – гелиодор
hematite – гематит
 100

rutile – рутил fire ~ - огненный ~

sapphire – сапфир precious ~ - благородный ~
star ~ - звездчатый ~
sardonyx – сардоникс
satin-spar – атласный шпат
schorl – шерл padparadscha – падпараджа
selenite – селенит
serpentine – серпентин, змеевик paragon – алмаз, бриллиант весом более чем в 100
sphalerite – сфалерит карат
spinel – шпинель
pearl – жемчуг
taaffeite – таафеит (тафеит, таффеит) cultivated ~ - культивированный ~
tiger-s eye – тигровый глаз
topaz – топаз Venetian ~ - искусственный ~
tourmaline – турмалин
turquoise – бирюза a string of pearls – нить жемчуга

uvarovite – уваровит to string pearls – нанизывать жемчуг на нить

zircon ['zə:kɒn]– циркон peridot(e) – перидот, оливин

Metals used in jewelry - Ювелирные металлы pyrite – пирит

German silver – мельхиор pyrope - пироп
gold – золото
pure / solid ~ - чистое ~
a bar of ~ - слиток золота
palladium – палладий quartz – кварц
platinum – платина
chotoyant ~ - переливчатый ~
silver – серебро
sterling ~ - чистое ~ rose ~ - розовый ~
Jewelry items and their forms – ювелирные изделия smoky ~ - дымчатый ~
и их формы
set of jewelry – ювелирный набор rhinestone – 1. горный хрусталь, 2. фальшивый
jewel box / case – ящичек с отделениями для бриллиант
ювелирных изделий rhodolite – родолит
diamonds mounted in platinum – бриллианты, rhodonite – родонит
оправленные в платину
bangle – браслет, надеваемый на запястье или rhodonite – родонит
щиколотку rock crystal – горный хрусталь
beads – бусы
a string of beads – нить бус ruby – рубин
bracelet – браслет звеньевой
'pull-through' earrings – сережки на цепочке,
brolog – браслет цельнолитой
которую протаскивают насквозь
brooch – брошь
studs – сережки- гвоздики
cameo – камея
intaglio – инталия
chain – цепочка
diadem – диадема, венец, корона
charm – 1. амулет; 2. брелок
girandole – серьга или кулон с крупным камнем,
choker – короткое ожерелье, колье
окруженным более мелкими камнями
clasp – пряжка, застежка
locket – медальон
clasp-pin – 1. безопасная (английская) булавка; 2.
necklace – ожерелье
заколка
neclet – ожерелье; горжетка, боа
collar stud – запонка для воротника
pendant – подвеска
cuff links – запонки для манжет
ring – кольцо
earrings – серьги
cluster ring – кольцо с камнями, собранными в
drop earrings – серьги-капельки
гроздь
hoops – сережки-обручи
solitaire ring – кольцо с бриллиантом
 101

wedding ring – обручальное кольцо

signet ring – кольцо-печатка
engagement ring – обручальное кольцо с
камнем (дарится на помолвку)
engraving (monogram) – гравировка
(монограмма)
oblong onyx ring – кольцо с продолговатым
ониксом
tiara – 1. тиара; 2. диадема
tiepin – булавка для галстука

carat (ct) – карат (мера веса драгоценных камней) =

0,2 г
casting – литье
clarity – чистота, прозрачность
crown – венец,, огранка
crystal – кристалл
cut – огранка
to cut a stone – огранять камень
to cut en cabochon – огранять по типу кабошон
cabochon – кабошон
marquise – маркиза (форма огранки)
rose-cut – огранка в виде розетки
rose diamond – бриллиант, ограненный в виде
розочки
brilliant cut – бриллиантовая огранка
fancy cut – фантазийная огранка
step cut – ступенчатая огранка
facet – грань

to facet a stone – огранять камень

faceting style – стиль огранки

fake – подделка

filigree – филигранная работа

gem(m)ology – геммология

gem – драгоценный камень

gemstone – поделочный камень

to adorn with gems – украшать драг. камнями

gem-encrusted – инкрустированный драг. камнями

impurity – примесь

inclusion – включение

irritant – раздражитель (в жемчужнице)

pearl-shell – раковина-жемчужница

CLASSIFICATION
There is the following gem's classification accepted in Russia. All gems of a top class are called jewel gems and
they are divided into four groups /levels/.
 102

The gems of the first level are brilliants, rubies, emeralds and blue sapphires.
The gems of the second level are alexandrites, jades, and all sapphires of other colours, black opals.
The gems of the third level are diamondites, aquamarines, rhodolites, topazes, spinel, white and fire opals, and
red tourmalines.
The gems of the fourth level are tourmalines of other colours, zircons, coloured beryls, turquoise, chrysolites,
chrysoprases, amethysts, citrines, almandines, and piropes.
There are also gems of a lower value: quartz, rock crystal, lapis-lazuli, azurite, malachite, and others; and simple
gemstones (поделочные камни) – obsidian, jet, selenite and others.
Some so-called gemstones are of organic origin. They are pearls, amber, coral, mother-of-pearl and some oth-
ers. They are also used in jewel works.

There is also the Mohs' scale that determines the level of hardness of all gems and gemstones. The hardest is a
diamond (10,0) and the softest is talc (1,0).
 103

III. FURS, LEATHER AND YARN

Furs
Furs – меха, пушнина silver fox – чернобурая лиса
fur-bearing animals – пушной зверь white fox – белый песец
fake fur / faux fur / fun fur – искусственный мех blue fox – голубой песец
fell – шкурка, мех мелкого пушного зверя hare – заяц
underwool hair – подшерсток lambskin – овчина, мерлушка
guard hair – остевой волос lynx – рысь
awn hair – остевой волос bobcat – рысь рыжая
furrier – меховщик, скорняк marten – куница
astrakhan – каракуль mink – норка
broadtail – каракульча muskrat /musquash– ондатра
caracul (karakul) –каракуль Russian muskrat / muskshrew– выхухоль
badger - барсук moleskin – крот
beaver – бобер opossum – опоссум
bearskin – медвежья шкура (мех) otter - выдра
budge – овчина nutria – нутрия (животное – coy-pu)
cat – кошка (import, export and sales banned in the rabbit (rabbit skin) – кролик
US in 2000 /Dog and Cat Protection Act of 2000 Rex rabbit – кролик 'рекс', кроличий мех с
[1]/) завитками
chinchilla - шиншилла racoon - енот
civet cat – виверра, циветта sable - соболь
coyote - койот seal – 1. котиковый мех; 2. тюленья кожа (import
dog - собака (import, export and sales banned in the and sale of seal products is currently banned in the
US in 2000 /Dog and Cat Protection Act of 2000 US, Belgium and The Netherlands)
[1]/) squirrel – белка
ermine - горностай skunk – скунс
fox (red, grey, cross) - лиса wolf – волк
polar / Arctic fox – песец
LEATHER
hide – the pelt of an animal either raw or tanned, espe- kidskin – лайковая кожа
cially that of the larger animals – кожа, шкура latent leather – лакированная кожа
pelt – the skin of an animal with the hair or wool on it; napa leather - напа
the untanned hide of an animal – шкура, кожа suede – замша
(необработанная) tarpaulin boots – кирзовые сапоги
yuft / Russian leather – юфть
skin – кожа shagreen (chagrin) – шагреневая кожа
buckskin – оленья кожа (pl. buckskin breeches – crocodile leather – крокодиловая кожа
лосины) snake leather – змеиная кожа
chamois – замша kangaroo leather – кожа из кенгуру
goatskin – сафьян ostriches leather – страусиная кожа
FUR AND LEATHER CLOTHING
beret – берет parka – парка
boa – боа, горжетка stroller – полупальто
bomber jacket – короткая куртка (на манер военных fur wrap – пелерина
летчиков США в 40х годах)
cape – накидка с капюшоном fur-lined – подбитый мехом
coat – пальто dyed fur – окрашенный мех
fur coat – шуба plucking fur – щипаный мех
coatee – укороченное пальто, шубка shearing fur – стриженый мех
fur tippet – палантин tanned leather – дубленая кожа
jacket – куртка
YARN AND WOOL
Alpaca wool – шерсть альпаки cashmere – кашемир
angora wool – ангорская шерсть merino wool – мериносовая шерсть
camel wool – верблюжья шерсть mohair – мохер
104
 105

II. VERBS OF SPEECH AND MANNER OF SPEECH. VOICE.